Pioneer Pdp433

ORDER NO.
PDP-433CMX
ARP3155
PLASMA DISPLAY
PDP-433CMX
PDP-433MXE
Type
LUCBW YVLDK
THIS MANUAL IS APPLICABLE TO THE FOLLOWING MODEL(S) AND TYPE(S).

Model PDP-433CMX
?
PDP-433MXE
? AC100 - 120V AC100 - 240V
Power Requirement
Remarks
This Service Manual should be used together with the following manual(s).
Model No.
PDP-433CMX PDP-433MXE
Order No.
ARP3156
Remarks
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM and PCB DIAGRAM
The main parts having their serial numbers described in the table below are applicable to this service manual. For details on replacing with the following parts, refer to Service Information for each part.
Part numbers and serial numbers of the main parts applicable to this service manual Model No.
SW POWER SUPPLY MODULE (AXY1059) 002201 002201 Rear Case (ANE1608) 005131 005131 RGB ASSY (AWZ6744) 004721 004721 DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY (AWV1971) 005011 005011 X DRIVE ASSY (AWV1985) 006121 006121 Y DRIVE ASSY (AWZ6748) 006811 006811
PDP-433CMX/LUCBW PDP-433MXE/YVLDK
For details, refer to "Important symbols for good services".
PIONEER CORPORATION
4-1, Meguro 1-chome, Meguro-ku, Tokyo 153-8654, Japan PIONEER ELECTRONICS (USA) INC. P.O. Box 1760, Long Beach, CA 90801-1760, U.S.A. PIONEER EUROPE NV Haven 1087, Keetberglaan 1, 9120 Melsele, Belgium PIONEER ELECTRONICS ASIACENTRE PTE. LTD. 253 Alexandra Road, #04-01, Singapore 159936
c PIONEER CORPORATION 2003

T ZZR MAR. 2003 Printed in Japan
SAFETY INFORMATION
This service manual is intended for qualified service technicians ; it is not meant for the casual do-ityourselfer. Qualified technicians have the necessary test equipment and tools, and have been trained to properly and safely repair complex products such as those covered by this manual. Improperly performed repairs can adversely affect the safety and reliability of the product and may void the warranty. If you are not qualified to perform the repair of this product properly and safely, you should not risk trying to do so and refer the repair to a qualified service technician.
WARNING This product contains lead in solder and certain electrical parts contain chemicals which are known to the state of California to cause cancer, birth defects or other reproductive harm. Health & Safety Code Section 25249.6 Proposition 65
NOTICE (FOR CANADIAN MODEL ONLY) Fuse symbols (fast operating fuse) and/or be of identical designation.
(slow operating fuse) on PCB indicate that replacement parts must
REMARQUE (POUR MODLE CANADIEN SEULEMENT) Les symboles de fusible (fusible de type rapide) et/ou de remplacement doivent avoir la mme dsignation.
(fusible de type lent) sur CCI indiquent que les pices
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
NOTICE :Comply with all cautions and safety related notes located on or inside the cabinet and on the chassis. The following precautions should be observed : 1. When service is required, even though the PDP UNIT an isolation transformer should be inserted between the power line and the set in safety before any service is performed. 2. When replacing a chassis in the set, all the protective devices must be put back in place, such as barriers, nonmetallic knobs, adjustment and compartment covershields, isolation resistorcapacitor, etc. 3. When service is required, observe the original lead dress. Extra precaution should be taken to assure correct lead dress in the high voltage circuitry area. 4. Always use the manufacture's replacement components. Especially critical components as indicated on the circuit diagram should not be replaced by other manufacture's. Furthermore where a short circuit has occurred, replace those components that indicate evidence of overheating. 5. Before returning a serviced set to the customer, the service technician must thoroughly test the unit to be certain that it is completely safe to operate without danger of electrical shock, and be sure that no protective device built into the set by the manufacture has become defective, or inadvertently defeated during servicing. Therefore, the following checks should be performed for the continued protection of the customer and service technician. 6. Perform the following precautions against unwanted radiation and rise in internal temperature. Always return the internal wiring to the original styling. Attach parts (Gascket, Ferrite Core, Ground, Rear Cover, Shield Case etc.) surely after disassembly. 7. Perform the following precautions for the PDP panel. When the front case is removed, make sure nothing hits the panel face, panel corner, and panel edge (so that the glass does not break). Make sure that the panel vent does not break. (Check that the cover is attached.) Handle the FPC connected to the panel carefully. Twisting or pulling the FPC when connecting it to the connector will cause it to peel off from the panel. 8. Pay attention to the following. Be sure to wire the fan. If the fan does not work, the temperature will rise and cause the protection circuit to operate. When the front case is removed, infrared ray is radiated and may disturb reception of the remote control unit. Pay extreme caution when the front case and rear panel are removed because this may cause a high risk of disturbance to TVs and radios in the surrounding.
PDP-433CMX
PRODUCT SAFETY NOTICE

Leakage Current Cold Check
With the AC plug removed from an AC power source, place a jumper across the two plug prongs. Turn the AC power switch on. Using an insulation tester (DC 500V), connect one lead to the jumpered AC plug and touch the other lead to each exposed metal part (input/output terminals, screwheads, metal overlays, control shafts, etc.), particularly any exposed metal part having a return path to the chassis. Exposed metal parts having a return path to the chassis should have a minimum resistor reading of 0.3M and a maximum resistor reading of 5M. Any resistor value below or above this range indicates an abnormality which requires corrective action. Exposed metal parts not having a return path to the chassis will indicate an open circuit. Many electrical and mechanical parts in PIONEER set have special safety related characteristics. These are often not evident from visual inspection nor the protection afforded by them necessarily can be obtained by using replacement components rated for higher voltage, wattage, etc. Replacement parts which have these special safety characteristics are identified in this Service Manual. Electrical components having such features are identified by marking on the schematics and on the parts list in this Service with a Manual. The use of a substitute replacement component which dose not have the same safety characteristics as the PIONEER recommended replacement one, shown in the parts list in this Service Manual, may create shock, fire or other hazards. Product Safety is continuously under review and new instructions are issued from time to time. For the latest information, always consult the current PIONEER Service Manual. A subscription to, or additional copies of, PIONEER Service Manual may be obtained at a nominal charge from PIONEER.
Leakage Current Hot Check

Plug the AC line cord directly into an AC power source (do not use an isolation transformer for this check). Turn the AC power switch on. Using a "Leakage Current Tester (Simpson Model 229 equivalent)", measure for current from all exposed metal parts of the cabinet (input/output terminals, screwheads, metal overlays, control shaft, etc.), particularly any exposed metal part having a return path to the chassis, to a known earth ground (water pipe, conduit, etc.). Any current measured must not exceed 0.5mA.
Device under test

Test all exposed metal surfaces
Leakage current tester
Reading should not be above 0.5 mA
Also test with plug reversed (Using AC adapter plug as required) Earth ground
AC Leakage Test
ANY MEASUREMENTS NOT WITHIN THE LIMITS OUTLINED ABOVE ARE INDICATIVE OF A POTENTIAL SHOCK HAZARD AND MUST BE CORRECTED BEFORE RETURNING THE SET TO THE CUSTOMER.
PDP-433CMX
CHARGED SECTION AND HIGH VOLTAGE GENERATING POINT

7 Charged Section
The places where the commercial AC power is used without passing through the power supply transformer. If the places are touched, there is a risk of electric shock. In addition, the measuring equipment can be damaged if it is connected to the GND of the charged section and the GND of the non-charged section while connecting the set directly to the commercial AC power supply. Therefore, be sure to connect the set via an insulated transformer and supply the current.
7 High Voltage Generating Point

The places where voltage is 100V or more except for the charged places described above. If the places are touched, there is a risk of electric shock. 1. SW POWER SUPPLY Module ...................................... (215V) 2. X DRIVE Assy .............................................. (280V to 215V) 3. Y DRIVE Assy ............................................................... (345V) 4. SCAN (A) Assy .............................................................. (345V) 5. SCAN (B) Assy ............................................................... (345V) 6. X CONNECTOR (A) Assy ........................... (280V to 215V) 7. X CONNECTOR (B) Assy ............................ (280V to 215V)
1. AC Power Cord 2. AC Inlet with Filter 3. Power Switch (S1) 4. Fuse (In the SW POWER SUPPLY Module) 5. STB Transformer and Converter Transformer (In the SW POWER SUPPLY Module) 6. Other primary side of the SW POWER SUPPLY Module
Y DRIVE Assy
: Part is Charged Section. : Part is the High Voltage Generating Points other than the Charged Section.
SCAN (A) Assy
Top
SCAN (B) Assy
Front
X CONNECTOR (A) Assy
X DRIVE Assy
X CONNECTOR (B) Assy SW POWER SUPPLY Module Power Switch (S1) AC Inlet with Filter Power Cord
Fig.1 Charged Section and High Voltage Generating Point (Rear View)
PDP-433CMX
[ Important symbols for good services ]

In this manual, the symbols shown-below indicate that adjustments, settings or cleaning should be made securely. When you find the procedures bearing any of the symbols, be sure to fulfill them:
1. Product safety
You should conform to the regulations governing the product (safety, radio and noise, and other regulations), and should keep the safety during servicing by following the safety instructions described in this manual.
2. Adjustments
To keep the original performances of the product, optimum adjustments or specification confirmation is indispensable. In accordance with the procedures or instructions described in this manual, adjustments should be performed.
3. Cleaning
For optical pickups, tape-deck heads, lenses and mirrors used in projection monitors, and other parts requiring cleaning, proper cleaning should be performed to restore their performances.
4. Shipping mode and shipping screws

To protect the product from damages or failures that may be caused during transit, the shipping mode should be set or the shipping screws should be installed before shipping out in accordance with this manual, if necessary.
5. Lubricants, glues, and replacement parts

Appropriately applying grease or glue can maintain the product performances. But improper lubrication or applying glue may lead to failures or troubles in the product. By following the instructions in this manual, be sure to apply the prescribed grease or glue to proper portions by the appropriate amount.For replacement parts or tools, the prescribed ones should be used.
PDP-433CMX
CONTENTS
SAFETY INFORMATION .................................................................................................................................. 2 1. SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................................................................................................ 7 2. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST ......................................................................................................... 8 2.1 PACKING .............................................................................................................................................. 8 2.2 UNDER LAYER SECTION(1) ................................................................................................................. 10 2.3 UNDER LAYER SECTION(2) ................................................................................................................. 11 2.4 UNDER LAYER SECTION(3) ................................................................................................................. 12 2.5 UNDER LAYER SECTION(4) ................................................................................................................. 14 2.6 UNDER LAYER SECTION(5) ................................................................................................................. 16 2.7 UNDER LAYER SECTION(6) ................................................................................................................. 18 2.8 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION(1) ............................................................................................................. 20 2.9 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION(2) ............................................................................................................... 21 2.10 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION(3) ............................................................................................................. 22 2.11 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION(4) ............................................................................................................. 23 2.12 UPPER LAYER SECTION(1) ............................................................................................................. 24 2.13 UPPER LAYER SECTION(2) ............................................................................................................... 26 2.14 FRONT CASE SECTION ...................................................................................................................... 28 2.15 REAR SECTION ................................................................................................................................... 29 2.16 PDP SERVICE ASSY 433(AWU1069) ................................................................................................ ................. 30 2.17 PANEL CHASSIS(43) ASSY(AWU1067) ............................................................................................. 30 3. BLOCK DIAGRAM AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ........................................................................................ 32 3.1 BLOCK DIAGRAM ................................................................................................................................... 32 3.1.1 OVERALL BLOCK DIAGAM ............................................................................................................... 32 3.1.2 REG ASSY .......................................................................................................................................... 34 3.1.3 DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY ....................................................................................................................... 36 3.1.4 X DRIVER ASSY ................................................................................................................................ 37 3.1.5 Y DRIVE ASSY .................................................................................................................................. 38 3.1.6 MX AUDIO ASSY ................................................................................................................................ 40 3.1.7 SUB ADDRESS A and B ASSYS ....................................................................................................... 41 3.1.8 ADR RESONANCE ASSY .................................................................................................................. 42 3.1.9 ADR CONNECT A, B, C and D ASSYS ............................................................................................. 42 3.1.10 VIDEO SIGNAL ROUTE .................................................................................................................. 43 3.1.11 SYNC SIGNAL ROUTE ................................................................................................................... 44 3.2 WAVEFORMS ......................................................................................................................................... 45 4. PCB CONNECTION DIAGRAM ...........................................................................................(Refer to ARP3156) 5. PCB PARTS LIST ......................................................................................................................................... 54 6. ADJUSTMENT............................................................................................................................................... 68 6.1 SERVICE FACTORY MODE ................................................................................................................... 68 6.1.1 State Transition Diagram ................................................................................................................... 68 6.1.2 Table of Adjustment Items in Service Factory ..................................................................................... 71 6.1.3 Description of Service Factory Menu Display ...................................................................................... 73 6.2 ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED WHEN THE SET IS REPARED OR REPLACED ........................................ 103 6.3 ADJUSTMENT ......................................................................................................................................... 104 6.3.1 VIDEO CARD ADJUSTMENT ............................................................................................................. 104 6.4 COMMANDS ............................................................................................................................................ 112 6.4.1 RS-232C COMMANDS (for adjustment) ............................................................................................. 112 6.4.2 RS-232C COMMANDS (for setting) ................................................................................................... 113 7. GENERAL INFORMATION ........................................................................................................................... 125 7.1 DIAGNOSIS ............................................................................................................................................. 125 7.1.1 CONFIGURATION OF THE PC BOARD ............................................................................................. 125 7.1.2 DIAGNOSIS FOR SHUTDOWN AND POWER-DOWN BY LED ........................................................ 126 7.1.3 AUTOMATIC BACKUP OF DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY DATA .................................................................. 136 7.1.4 DISASSEMBLY ................................................................................................................................... 138 7.2 IC INFORMATION ................................................................................................................................... 142 8. PANEL FACILITIES ........................................................................................................................................ 173
PDP-433CMX
1. SPECIFICATIONS
PLASMA DIAPLAY (PDP-433CMX and PDP-433MXE)
General
Light emission panel ............ 43 inch plasma display panel Number of pixels .............................................. 1024 x 768 Power supply .... AC 100 - 120 V, 50/60 Hz (PDP-433CMX) Power supply .... AC 100 - 240 V, 50/60 Hz (PDP-433MXE) Rated current .................... 2.98 A - 2.48 A (PDP-433CMX) Rated current .................... 2.98 A - 1.24 A (PDP-433MXE) Standby power consumption .......... 0.9 W (PDP-433CMX) Standby power consumption .............. 1 W (PDP-433MXE) External dimensions ........ 1070 (W) x 630 (H) x 98 (D) mm ............................. 42-1/8 (W) x 24-13/16 (H) x 3-7/8 (D) in. (including display stand) ...................................... 1070 (W) x 653 (H) x 300 (D) mm ....................... 42-1/8 (W) x 25-23/32 (H) x 11-13/16 (D) in. Weight ............................................... 31.5 kg (69 lbs. 7 oz) (including display stand) .................. 32.1 kg (70 lbs. 12 oz) Output Mini D-sub 15 pin (socket connector) 75 /with buffer INPUT 2 Input BNC jack (x5) RGB signal (G ON SYNC compatible) RGB ... 0.7 Vp-p/75 /no sync. HD/CS, VD ... TTL level /positive and negative polarity/ 75 or 2.2 k (impedance switch) G ON SYNC ... 1 Vp-p/75 /negative sync. Audio Input AUDIO INPUT (for INPUT 1/2) Stereo mini jack L/R ... 500mVrms/more than 10 k Output AUDIO OUTPUT Stereo mini jack L/R ... 500mVrms (max)/less than 5 k SPEAKER L/R ... 8 16 /2W +2W (at 8 ) Mini D-sub 15 pin (socket connector) RGB signal (G ON SYNC compatible) RGB ... 0.7 Vp-p/75 /no sync. HD/CS, VD ... TTL level /positive and negative polarity /2.2 k G ON SYNC ... 1 Vp-p/75 /negative sync. *Compatible with Microsofts Plug & Play (VESA DDC1/2B) Control RS-232C ... D-sub 9 pin (pin connector) COMBINATION IN/OUT ... Mini DIN 6 pin (x2) CONTROL IN/OUT ... monaural mini jack (x2)
Input/output
Video INPUT 1 Input
Accessories
Power cord ...................................... 1 (PDP-433CMX Only) Remote control unit ......................................................... 1 Remote control unit holder .............................................. 1 AA (R6) batteries .............................................................. 2 Cleaning cloth ................................................................... 1 Speed clamps ................................................................... 2 Bead bands ...................................................................... 2 Warranty .......................................... 1 (PDP-433CMX Only) Operating Instructions ...................................................... 1 Display stands .................................................................. 2 Washers ........................................................................... 2 Hex hole bolts (M8X40) .................................................... 2 Ferrite core ...................................... 1 (PDP-433MXE Only) Cable tie .......................................... 1 (PDP-433MXE Only)
Due to improvements, specifications and design are subject to change without notice.
Display Stand (2) (AMR3264)
Accessories
Power Cord (ADG1208) Cleaning Cloth (for wiping front panel) (AED1197)
PDP-433CMX only Binder Assy (AEC1758) Remote Control Unit (AXD1459) Speed Clamp (2)
Dry Cell Battery (R6P, AA)
Bead Bands (2) Washer (2) (WB80FZB) Remote Control Unit Holder (AMR3268)
Ferrite Core (ATX1031)
Cable Tie
Hex Hole Bolts (2) (SMZ80H400FZB)
PDP-433MXE only
PDP-433CMX
2. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST

NOTES:
Parts marked by "NSP" are generally unavailable because they are not in our Master Spare Parts List. The mark found on some component parts indicates the importance of the safety factor of the part. Therefore, when replacing, be sure to use parts of identical designation. Screws adjacent to mark on the product are used for disassembly. For the applying amount of lubricants or glue, follow the instructions in this manual.
(In the case of no amount instructions, apply as you think it appropriate.)
2.1 PACKING
1 37
PDP-433CMX Only 18 10 7 27 21 PDP-433MXE Only 34 2 PDP-433CMX Only 33
20
22
3 35
PDP-433CMX Only
32
11 12 13 17 19
29 25
24 23 14 15 16 5 27 28 8 16 6 4 36 PDP-433MXE Only 30 26 31
PDP-433CMX
(1) PACKING PARTS LIST

Mark No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Description
Packing Case Carton (43) Pad (43U) Pad (43L) Mirror Mat Power Cord Case Accessory Case Assy Polyethylene Bag Plasma Caution Sheet Plasma Caution Sheet Caution Sheet Caution Sheet Caution Sheet Caution Sheet Caution Sheet Warranty Card Warranty Card Remote Control Unit
Part No.
See Contrast table (2) AHD3100 AHA2282 AHA2283 AHG1284 AHC1037 See Contrast table (2) See Contrast table (2) See Contrast table (2) See Contrast table (2) See Contrast table (2) ARM1194 ARM1200 ARM1201 See Contrast table (2) See Contrast table (2) See Contrast table (2) AXD1459
Mark No.
NSP 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37
Description
Part No.
Battery Cover AZN2462 Dry Cell Battery (R6P, AA) AEX1026 Power Cord See Contrast table (2) Binder Assy AEC1758 (Speed Clamp 2, Bead Band 2) Wiping Cloth Polyethylene Bag Vinyl Bag Display Stand Remote Control Holder Hex Hole Bolt Washer Plasma Caution Sheet Operating Instructions (Japanese/English/French) Operating Instructions (Spanish/Italian/Dutch) Operating Instructions (English/French/German) Ferrite Core Warranty Card Contens Label AED1208 AHG-064 AHG1310 AMR3264 AMR3268 SMZ80H400FZB WB80FZB See Contrast table (2) See Contrast table (2) See Contrast table (2) See Contrast table (2) See Contrast table (2) See Contrast table (2)
NSP
NSP
NSP NSP
(2) CONTRAST TABLE

PDP-433CMX/LUCB and PDP-433MXE/YVLDK are constructed the same except for the following :
Part No. Mark No. Symbol and Description PDP-433CMX LUCB 1 1 7 7 10 11 12 13 17 18 19 23 32 33 34 35 36 37 Packing Case (43CMX) Packing Case (43MXE) Accessory Cord Case(43CMX) Accessory Cord Case(43MXE) Polyethylene Bag Assy Plasma Caution Sheet Plasma Caution Sheet Caution Sheet Caution Sheet Warranty Card Warranty Card Power Cord Plasma Caution Sheet Operating Instructions (Japanese/English/French) Operating Instructions (Spanish/Italian/Dutch) Operating Instructions (English/French/German) Ferrite Core Warranty Card Contens Label AHD3130 Not used AXX1058 Not used AHG-195 ARM1145 ARM1147 ARM1176 ARM1203 ARY1093 ARY1102 ADG1208 Not used ARD1052 Not used Not used Not used AAX2911 PDP-433MXE YVLDK Not used AHD3134 Not used AXX1059 Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used ARM1149 Not used ARC1510 ARE1365 ATX1031 Not used Remarks
NSP
NSP NSP
PDP-433CMX
2.2 UNDER LAYER SECTION (1)

11 11 11 11
10
10
5 or 6 9 11 13 13 12
Upper side
13
11
9 7 or 8
10
10
11
11
11
11
10
PDP-433CMX
UNDER LAYER SECTION (1) PARTS LIST

Mark No.
NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Description
ADR CONNECT A Assy ADR CONNECT B Assy ADR CONNECT C Assy ADR CONNECT D Assy BRIDGE A Assy BRIDGE B Assy BRIDGE C Assy BRIDGE D Assy ADR RESONANCE Assy Screw Screw Shading Sheet (43) Rear Coner Label
Part No.
AWZ6678 AWZ6679 AWZ6680 AWZ6681 AWZ6728 AWZ6729 AWZ6730 AWZ6731 AWZ6751 ABA1301 VBB30P100FNI AMR3313 AAX2862

Refer to 1 "2.17 PANEL CHASSIS (43) ASSY (AWU1067)".
5 2 2

Mark No.
1 2 3 4 5
Description
Part No.
NSP
Panel Chassis (43) Assy AWU1067 [Refer to "2.17 PANEL CHASSIS (43) ASSY".] Circuit Board Spacer AEC1872 Circuit Board Spacer AEC1873 PCB Spacer AEC1121 Wire Saddle AEC1904
PDP-433CMX
11

Upper side 1 13
13 13 4 4
6 11 12 11 Upper side
14
2 14 X DRIVE Assy 14 14
15
Upper side
14 Upper side
12
PDP-433CMX

Mark No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Description
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy X DRIVE Assy MX AUDIO Assy Metal Fitting Heat Sink Silicone Sheet Audio Sheet (43) Rivet Coil Silicone Sheet Circuit Board Spacer Screw Screw Screw
Part No.
AWV1971 AWV1985 AWZ6644 ANG2464 ANH1594 AEH1039 AMR3285 BEC1066 AEH1048 AEC1872 ABZ30P060FMC VBB30P100FNI PMB30P060FNI
NSP NSP
PDP-433CMX
13

Upper side
2 Upper side
10
10
Upper side
14
PDP-433CMX

Mark No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Description
Y DRIVE Assy Circuit Board Spacer Scan IC Spring (43L) Scan IC Spring (43R) Scan Insulation Sheet (43) Screw Screw Coil Silicone Sheet
Part No.
AWZ6748 AEC1872 ABK1029 ABK1030 AMR3287 VBB30P100FNI PMB30P060FNI AEH1048
PDP-433CMX
15
3 10 7
7 5 10
10 5 6
6 7
Upper side 7 8 9
10
18
10
17
10
18
10 20 19
Fan Jumper Wire Saddle Wire Saddle 15 15
13
11
14
14
11
12
14
Bottom View
14
16
PDP-433CMX

Mark No.
NSP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Description
THERMAL SENSOR Assy Heat Sink Silicone Sheet Rivet Insulation Sheet Metal Fitting Wire Saddle PCB Spacer Circuit Board Spacer Screw Fan Motor Fan Metal (L) Fan Metal (R) Screw Screw Niplocker Fan Label J115 3P Housing Wire Binder
Part No.
AWZ6696 ANH1594 AEH1039 BEC1066 AMR3263 ANG2464 AEC1904 AEC1121 AEC1873 ABZ30P060FMC AXM1040 ANG2488 ANG2489 PPZ50P100FZK BMZ30P060FZK AEC1803 AAX2785 ADX2780 AEC-093
NSP NSP
NSP NSP
PDP-433CMX
17
Upper side 43
27 29
39
27 30 2
10
16
27 5 3
31
27 32
27
K3 SA1 SA2
17 12 35
D8
36
TE1 D16 D9 D10
37
20 34 44
A6 A7 A5 X1 A3 A1
33
D1 D18 D6 46 D7 Y1 Y2 D11
45
28
D15 D14
38 18 19
13 15 14
D12 D13
D2 D3 D17
25 26 42 40
SA2 SA1 K3
27 27
24
27
8 46 3
27
23
27
11
22
39 9
21
18
PDP-433CMX

Mark No.
NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Description
ADR CONNECT A Assy ADR CONNECT B Assy ADR CONNECT C Assy ADR CONNECT D Assy ADR RESONANCE Assy BRIDGE A Assy BRIDGE B Assy BRIDGE C Assy BRIDGE D Assy SUB ADDRESS A Assy SUB ADDRESS B Assy SCAN (A) Assy SCAN (B) Assy Y DRIVE Assy DIGITAL VIDEO Assy THERMAL SENSOR Assy X CONNECTOR (A) Assy X CONNECTOR (B) Assy X DRIVE Assy MX AUDIO Assy J209 J210 J211 J212 J201 Flexible Flat Cable Flexible Flat Cable Flexible Flat Cable Flexible Flat Cable Flexible Flat Cable
Part No.
AWZ6678 AWZ6679 AWZ6680 AWZ6681 AWZ6751 AWZ6728 AWZ6729 AWZ6730 AWZ6731 AWZ6692 AWZ6693 AWZ6724 AWZ6725 AWZ6748 AWV1971 AWZ6696 AWZ6726 AWZ6727 AWV1985 AWZ6644 ADD1206 ADD1204 ADD1199 ADD1201 ADD1183
Mark No.
26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46
Description
J202 Flexible Flat Cable Flat Clamp J203 Flexible Flat Cable J205 Flexible Flat Cable J206 Flexible Flat Cable J207 Flexible Flat Cable J208 Flexible Flat Cable Power Sheet (43) Rivet J110 3P Housing Wire J108 J102 J103 J116 J118 8P Housing Wire Wire PE 13P Housing Wire 4P Housing Wire Wire L
Part No.
ADD1183 AEC1879 ADD1198 ADD1202 ADD1200 ADD1208 ADD1205 AMR3284 BEC1066 ADX2741 ADX2740 ADX2738 ADX2779 ADX2783 ADX2763 ADX2768 ADX2787 AEC-093 ADD1207 ADX2786 ADX2783
NSP NSP
NSP NSP
J119 13P Housing Wire J109 Wire X Binder J204 Flexible Flat Cable J104 Wire W J117 4P Housing Wire
PDP-433CMX
19
2.8 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (1)

10 10 11
Upper side
11 5
1 2 3 4 6 10
11
Upper side
11
12 7 12 Upper side 11 2 Upper side 11
11
8 14 14
15 11 11 13
8 11
MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (1) PARTS LIST

Mark No.
NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Description
Front Chassis HU (43) Card Spacer Niplocker Card Corner Holder Sub Frame L Sub Frame R Front Chassis HL (43CMX)
Part No.
ANA1670 AEC1902 AEC1803 BEC1144 ANG2517 ANG2518 ANA1692
Mark No.
NSP 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Description
Front Chassis V (43) FPC Cushion (43) Screw Screw Screw VR Cushion V Cushion Gascket R
Part No.
ANA1672 AEB1371 ABA1283 ABA1294 BMZ30P060FMC AEB1374 AED1205 ANK1695
20
PDP-433CMX
11
12
9 4
5 2 1 9 6 9
12

Mark No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Description
IR Assy MX LED Assy J113 Wire O KEY CONNECTOR Assy IR Holder Nyron Rivet J111 Wire Y Switch Holder Screw V Cushion Gascket R
Part No.
AWZ6643 AWZ6642 ADX2778 AWZ6695 ANG2494 AEC1671 ADX2788 ANG2493 BMZ30P040FMC AED1205 ANK1695
NSP
NSP
PDP-433CMX
21
22
10
12
21
22
Bottom Side
6 23 2 22 6
22 8 J201 J202
RGB Assy

Mark No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Description
RGB Assy SLOT CONNECTOR Assy Spacer Card Spacer RGB Base Ground Finger Card Spacer Ferrite Core (L3) Ferrite Core Holder J112 13P Housing Wire Guide Rail EX Clamp J107 12P Housing Wire J109 Wire X Nyron Rivet Wire Saddle Video Stay Ferrite Core (L2) Binder PCB Stay Screw Screw
Part No.
AWZ6744 AWZ6634 AEC1065 AEC1882 ANA1662 ANG2468 AEC1899 ATX1037 AEC1818 ADX2784 AEC1900 AEC1884 ADX2702 ADX2787 AEC1671 AEC1745 AND1171 ATX1039 AEC-093 AND1170 AMZ30P060FZK VBB30P100FNI
11
NSP
17 15 12 13 14 12 20 17 12
NSP
11 19 22 18
NSP
22
PDP-433CMX

6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 6
1 2
10
Upper Rear Side
4 5
Upper Side

Mark No.
1 2 3 4 5
Description
Terminal Panel CMX Slot Spring (Under) Slot Spring (Upper) Card Spacer Gascket S
Part No.
ANG2486 ABK1028 ABK1031 AEC1898 ANK1699
Mark No.
6 7 8 9 10
Description
Screw Screw Expansion Slot Cover Screw
Part No.
AMZ30P060FZK TBZ40P080FZK ANG2463 BMZ30P060FZK
PDP-433CMX
23
2.12 UPPER LAYER SECTION (1)
16
J201 J201 J202
15
17
14
11 10 J113 J109
12
C3
C1
2 3 2
13
18
17
14
18
15 17
24
PDP-433CMX
UPPER LAYER SECTION (1) PARTS LIST

Mark No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Description
I/O Assy CONTROL Assy SP OUT R Assy SP OUT L Assy Power Switch (S1) AC Inlet with Filter (CN1) J201, J202 Flexible Cable J106 Wire C Ferrite Core (L1) J114 Earth Wire J105 Wire B Hexagonal Nut Hexagonal Head Screw Screw Screw Screw
Part No.
AWZ6631 AWZ6633 AWZ6706 AWZ6705 BSM1006 AKP1223 ADD1183 ADX2693 ATX1032 ADX2709 ADX2692 ABN1035 BBA1051 PMB30P060FNI BPZ30P080FZK BMZ30P060FZK
PDP-433CMX
25
2.13 UPPER LAYER SECTION (2)

12 10 10
P6 P1 VM1 P2 P5 P3
P4
P7
100V
200V
SW101
26
PDP-433CMX
(1) UPPER LAYER SECTION (2) PARTS LIST

Mark No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Description
SW Power Supply Module J104 Wire W J119 13P Housing Wire J105 Wire B J101 12P Housing Wire J118 Wire L J103 13P Housing Wire J102 Wire PE Screw Solder Warning Label
Part No.
AXY1059 ADX2786 ADX2768 ADX2692 ADX2771 ADX2763 ADX2779 ADX2738 AMZ30P060FZK See Contrast table (2)
(2) CONTRAST TABLE

Part No. Mark No. Symbol and Description PDP-433CMX LUCB 12 Solder Warning Label AAX2644 PDP-433MXE YVLDK Not used Remarks
PDP-433CMX
27
2.14 FRONT CASE SECTION

2
(1) FRONT CASE SECTION PARTS LIST

Mark No.
18 19 4 8 3 16 10 16 10 17 1 5 6 7 PDP-433CMX Only
NSP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Description
SIDE KEY Assy Front Case Assy 43 (M) Rivet Flexible Seal J213 Flexible Cable Ferrite Core (L4) Lead Cover (MX) Pioneer Badge Panel Holder (43) Spacer Panel Cushion V (43) Panel Cushion H (43) Protect Panel Assy (43) Screw Screw Energy Star Label Display Label
Part No.
AWZ6637 AMB2712 AEC1877 AEH1036 ADD1195 ATX1043 AMB2703 AAM1091 ANG2487 AEC1896 AED1201 AED1200 AMR3303 ABZ30P050FZK VMZ30P060FZK AAX2856 See Contrast table (2)
16 10
16 10
NSP
10 11 16 14 11
10
11
11
16
13 13
14
15
(2) CONTRAST TABLE

Part No. Mark No. Symbol and Description PDP-433CMX LUCB NSP 19 Display Label AAX2836 PDP-433MXE YVLDK Not used Remarks
28
PDP-433CMX
2.15 REAR SECTION

10 4 4 3 5 3 4 6 7 11 3 4 10 4
(1) REAR SECTION PARTS LIST

Mark No.
1 2 3 4 5 NSP 4 6 7 8 9 10 11
Description
Rear Case (M) Gascket A Screw Screw Cleaning Label Name Label Bolt Caution Label Terminal Display Label R (43) Terminal Display Label L (43) Rear Corner Label Korean Label
Part No.
ANE1601 ANK1694 AMZ30P060FZK TBZ40P080FZK AAX2751 See Contrast table (2) AAX2852 AAX2878 See Contrast table (2) AAX2862 See Contrast table (2)
10 4
3 9
10 1
Bottom View 2
(2) CONTRAST TABLE

Part No. Mark No. Symbol and Description PDP-433CMX LUCB NSP NSP 6 6 9 9 11 Name Label (43 CMX) Name Label (43 MXE) Terminal Display Label L (43) Gray Terminal Display Label L (43E) Gray Korean Label AAL2430 Not used AAX2936 Not used Not used PDP-433MXE YVLDK Not used AAL2431 Not used AAX2938 AAX2944 Remarks
PDP-433CMX
29
2.16 PDP SERVICE ASSY 433 (AWU1069)

PDP Service Assy 433 (AWU1069) consists of the following parts.
PARTS LIST
Mark No.
NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP
Description
Panel Chassis (43) Assy Front Chassis V (43) Front CHassis HU (43) Front Chassis HL Sub Frame L (43) Sub Frame R (43) Scan IC Spring (43L) Scan IC Spring (43R) Metal Fitting FPC Cushion (43) PCB Spacer Locking Card Spacer Circuit Board Spacer Circuit Board Spacer Spacer Card Spacer Wire Saddle Panel Cushion H (43) Panel Cushion V (43) V Cushion
Part No.
AWU1067 ANA1702 ANA1698 ANA1700 ANG2517 ANG2518 ABK1029 ABK1030 ANG2464 AEB1371 AEC1121 AEC1736 AEC1872 AEC1873 AEC1896 AEC1902 AEC1904 AED1200 AED1201 AED1205
Mark No.
Description
Insullation Sheet Scan Sheet (43) Card Corner Holder Screw Screw Screw Screw Screw Screw Bolt Corner Pad Upper Carton Under Carton Packing Sheet Washer VR Cushion Niplocker Static Plate Plate Screw Washer Serivec Panel notes
Part No.
AMR3263 AMR3287 BEC1144 ABA1283 ABA1294 ABZ30P060FMC BMZ30P060FMC PMB30P060FNI VBB30P100FNI ABA1259 AHA2293 AHD3139 AHD3140 AHG1291 WB80FZB AEB1374 AEC1803 AHK1013 AHK1014 BYC40P220FMC WC60FZK ARM1217
NSP
2.17 PANEL CHASSIS (43) ASSY (AWU1067)

Panel Chassis (43) Assy (AWU1067) consists of the following parts.
PARTS LIST
Mark No.
NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP
LIST OF ASSY
Part No.
AWV1969 AWV1928 AXF1113 ADY1079 ADY1080 ANA1693 ANA1668 ANA1669 ANH1601 ANG2457 ANG2458 AMR3262 AEH1043 AEH1044 AEH1054 AEH1055 AEH1056 AEC1015 AEC1889 AEH1047 AAV1239 VBB30P100FNI
Description
SCAN FUKUGO ASSY ADDRESS FUKUGO ASSY Address Module (IC1 - IC32) FPC (J1,J2) FPC (J3,J4) Chassis Assy (43) Chassis (43) Base Chassis (43) Scan Heatsink (43) Corner Angle A Corner Angle B Tube Cover Silicone Sheet 43 Adhesive Tape 43 Adhesive Tape B 43 Panel Silicone Sheet Silicone Sheet B 43 Pin Grommet Card Spacer Scan Silicone Sheet (43) Plasma Panel Assy (43) Screw
Mark No.
NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP
Description
Part No.
AWV1969 AWZ6724 AWZ6725 AWZ6726 AWZ6727 AWZ6728 AWZ6729 AWZ6730 AWZ6731 AWV1928 AWZ6678 AWZ6679 AWZ6680 AWZ6681 AWZ6751
SCAN FUKUGO ASSY SCAN (A) ASSY SCAN (B) ASSY X CONNECTOR (A) ASSY X CONNECTOR (B) ASSY BRIDGE A ASSY BRIDGE B ASSY BRIDGE C ASSY BRIDGE D ASSY ADDRESS FUKUGO ASSY ADR CONNECT A ASSY ADR CONNECT B ASSY ADR CONNECT C ASSY ADR CONNECT D ASSY ADR RESONANCE ASSY
NSP
30
PDP-433CMX
Caution in Replacement of Chassis Block

Please order the PDP Service Assy 433 (AWU1069) when replacing the Chassis block. PDP Service Assy 433 is all common use parts of for business, public use and module. Supply it by the state that installed Circuit Board Spacer (AEC1872) and Wire Saddle (AEC1904) as follows. Therefore need to remove it in accordance with model. Confirm character carved a seal near the parts, and remove it. P : Public exclusive use W : Module exclusive use PW : Common use of public use and module In case of this unit, the parts that "W" is marked removes.
PDP Service Assy 433 (AWU1069)
Circuit Board Spacer Circuit Board Spacer (AEC1872) (AEC1872)
PDP-433CMX
31
3. BLOCK DIAGRAM AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

A
3.1 BLOCK DIAGRAM

3.1.1 OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM
Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC
ADR CONNECT A ASSY AA1
CLK/LE
IC6501 Buffer IC
VADR2
VADR2
CLAMP
ADR CONNECT B ASSY AB1
CLK/LE
IC6601 Buffer IC
VADR2
BGA1
BRIDGE A ASSY
Q6706 - Q6711 VADR Gen.
K2
ADR RESONANCE ASSY
K1 SAA3
+60 ADR_CO
SUB ADDRESS A ASSY SAA1
SAA2
D8
D9
D16
D1
+12V V+5V_STB +12V DC/DC Conv. Module +12V V+5VD V+3VD V+2VD
D10
SCAN (A) ASSY (UPPER)

IC5 VCC_VH IC6201 ADD PSUS SEL_PULSE IC5 VCC_VH IC6202 ADD SEL_PULSE IC5 VCC_VH IC6203 ADD SEL_PULSE IC5 VCC_VH IC6204 ADD SEL_PULSE IC5 VCC_VH IC6205 ADD SEL_PULSE IC5 VCC_VH IC6206 ADD SEL_PULSE SCAN VCP
THERMAL SENSOR ASSY Y DRIVE ASSY
TE1
D11
V+3V
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY

KL_U0:2
VC_VF+ VC_VF- V_OFS VCC_VH V_IC5V DC/DC Conv. Block
D7 D18 Y1
IC1703 XY Drive Sequence Pattern Gen. XDRV_SIG ADL_LE_UL ADL_LE_DL
Y4
PSUS Y-SUS MASK Block
+5V +15V VSUS IC2206 Pulse Module +15V VSUS Drive Signal +5V
YDRV_SIG SCAN_SIG
V+2V V+3VD V+3V X180 V+3V_IC Clock V+2V_IC V+5V_STB Gen.
D4
D6 Y2
+Reset Block VCC_VH V_IC5V VCP +5V +15V VSUS Y-SUS MASK Block IC2204 Pulse Module Drive Signal
Logic Block
IC1301 (IC31 L) Sub-Field Conv. for Left with Field Memory
D15
Y3
SCAN (B) ASSY (LOWER)

IC5 VCC_VH IC6001 ADD SCAN SEL_PULSE IC5 VCC_VH IC6002 ADD SEL_PULSE IC5 VCC_VH IC6003 ADD SEL_PULSE IC5 VCC_VH IC6004 ADD SEL_PULSE IC5 VCC_VH IC6005 ADD SEL_PULSE IC5 VCC_VH IC6006 ADD SEL_PULSE PSUS VCC_VH V_IC5V
V+3V_I V+2V_I +15V Soft-D Block IC1401 (IC31 R) Sub-Field Conv. for Right with Field Memory
D14
ADL_LE_DR
Y5
VC_VF+ VC_VF- V_OFS Scan Signal Offset Block
D2
ADCLK_DR V+3VD V+5V_STB IC1191 Flash ROM V+3VD IC1207 Module UCOM TXD/RX IC1101 Panel UCOM RA2:9 RB2:9 TXD0/RX0 RE LED_SIG I2 BA2:9 BB2:9 GA2:9 GB2:9
PSUS V_IC5V Photo Coupler Block
Y6
D17 D12 D13
D3
E
SIDE KEY ASSY KEY CONNECTOR ASSY
C3 SPR1 SW1 KL1 KL2
232C DRIVER
C1
SUB ADDRESS B SAB1 ASSY

+60
SAB2
ADR_CO
ROUT
SR IN
SR OUT
RE1
Combi IN
Combi OUT
RS-232C
IR ASSY
SP OUT R ASSY
CONTROL ASSY BRIDGE C ASSY

AD1
IC6901 Buffer IC
ADR RESONANCE ASSY

K2
SAB3 K1
Q6706 - Q6711 VADR Gen.
BGC1
CLAMP
ADR CONNECT D ASSY
CLK/LE
VADR2
VADR2
ADR CONNECT C ASSY
AC1
CLK/LE IC6801 Buffer IC VADR2
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
32
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
Note : When ordering service parts, be sure to refer to "EXPLODED VIEWS and PARTS LIST" or "PCB PARTS LIST".
Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC
VADR2
ADR CONNECT C ASSY AC1
CLK/LE
IC6801 Buffer IC
VADR2
VADR2
CLAMP
ADR CONNECT D ASSY AD1
CLK/LE
IC6901 Buffer IC
BGB1
K3
BRIDGE B ASSY
SW POWER SUPPLY MODULE SW POWER SUPPLY Block

+13.5V -9V T101 +6.5V +15V +12V T102 Switching Q117 T103 Switching Q115 Switching Q119 RC101
B
V MID CLAMP Block
CLAMP M111 Switching Q112 LIVE NEUTRAL RL101 T105 CLAMP
X DRIVE ASSY
X1
+5V
T104
T105
PRIMARY SECONDARY
VSUS_CONT M114 POWER (RELAY)
X3
VCP
VM1 P7
STB5V STB5V STB5V +13.5V VADR +13.5V VSUS VSUS +12V +15V +15V +6.5V
LIVE NEUTRAL
DC/DC Conv. Block Drive Signal
VSUS +15V
IC3200 Pulse Module
X_SUS MASK
P_SUS
-9V
-9V
AC IN
+5V V_RN +15V
X CONNECTOR (A) ASSY
P1
P2
P5
P6
P3
P4
C
Logic Block +Reset Pulse Block
R1
+3V,+2V
R8
STB+5V 12.5V
R2
BA29 BB29 GA29 GB29 IC5301 (IC30)
R4
STB+5V
R9
STB+5V
MX AUDIO ASSY
+5V_AD/RGB FAN_Mute
+15V IC8701 Regulator
A6 X2
+5V VSUS +15V VCP
IC5601 WIDE UCOM Flash ROM
IC5505 MAIN UCOM I2C-BUS IC4803 PLD for SYNC Temp3
OP-Amp (Buf) FAN_NG Drive Signal IC3201 Pulse Module
Audio_NG
A7
+5VSTB +15V IC8601 Power Amp D.C Det ROUT LOUT
RA29 RB29
SD RAM SD RAM 10M 10M
3State Buffer MATRIX IC5001 (IC102) IC4603 A/D PLL AMP 6M LPF
A5
+15V,+5VSTB R_Audio L_Audio Audio Mute A_Mute2
X4
X CONNECTOR (B) ASSY
X_SUS MASK
P_SUS
R3
IC5102 (IC101) +3V,+5V,-5V,+9V
A1
A3
S1
SD RAM SD RAM 10M 10M
S2 S3
R6
RGB ASSY
SLOT CONNECTOR ASSY VIDEO SLOT ST1 ASSY

V1
I2C-BUS IC7302 Chroma Decode (4-ISEL) 6M LPF +7V SECAM FLT 3L Y/C 3D Y/C & CNR E2PROM 6M LPF Expander
L1
MX LED ASSY
T4
T1
9V,5V, 3V
T5
12V,13.5V, -9V,6.5V, STB5V
T2
12V, STB5V
T6
12V,13.5V, -9V,6.5V
T3
STB5V
+3V,+5V,-5V Reg +7V,-8V
+3V,+5V Reg
12V,9V,5V,3V 13.5V,6.5V,-9V Reg Plug&Play E2PROM
3State Buffer IN1 DET SEL SEL 6M LPF IC7401 TMDS Receiver Audio OUT Plug & Play E2PROM DVI-D Audio INPUT3 S-Video Audio Composite INPUT4 OUTPUT L OUT SEL IN3 DET SEL SD RAM IN4 DET
E
SP OUT L ASSY
SPL1
I/O ASSY
Component/ RGB
OUTPUT
Component/ RGB INPUT2
Audio IN INPUT1/2/5
INPUT1
INPUT5
K3
BRIDGE D ASSY
BGD1 AB1
CLAMP CLK/LE IC6601 Buffer IC
AA1
VADR2
ADR CONNECT B ASSY
VADR2
VADR2
ADR CONNECT A ASSY
CLK/LE
IC6501 Buffer IC
F
Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
Driver IC
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
33
3.1.2 RGB ASSY
IPKILL(68) CS(67) FILM(70)
YP[0:15] PBP[0:15] PRP[0:15]
CLK(236)
HWR(66) RD(65) RES(62)
UD[8:15]
UA[0:20]
IC5102 (PE5066ACK) IC101

YI[0:7] PBI[0:7] PR[0:7]
HP(55) VP(56)
SD RAM 16M SD RAM 16M

VCLK(132) DEO(99) HDO(98) VDO(97)
CLP1(278) CLP2(279) YI[0:7] HBLK1(280)PBI[0:7] VBLK1(282) PR[0:7] VD_AD(53) YP[0:15] PBP[0:15] PRP[0:15] HI(168) VI(167) FI(166)
HI(57) VI(58) FI(64)
HP(170) HD_AD(52) VP(169) RA_IP[0:7] GA_IP[0:7] BA_IP[0:7] CLK(3) FDET(60) VACT(61) WAIT(62)
IC5001 (???????) IC102
I/O ASSY C
13.5V V+12V V+9V 6.5V V+5V IC4004 IC4002 IC4003 V+12V V+9V V+5V V+3.3V AD V+3.3V PLD V-5V ACL AMP STB+5V IC4110 (24LCS21A) Plug&Play ROM STB+5V CBLK_MAT CLP_MAT
SCP-IN (31)
EMG_IP(67) CS(66) HWR(64) RD(65) RES(56)
RAO[0:7]RBO[0:7] GAO[0:7]GBO[0:7] BAO[0:7]BBO[0:7]
(LCX541) 2-1 Selector Buffer
(LCX125) CLK SEL IC4603 (CXA3516R) A/D PLL AMP (2-1 Select)
DIVOUT (103) 1/2CLK (101)
XUNLOCK (104) SDA(56) SCL(55)
HOLD
SYNCIN(111/112)
CLP_AMP
V+3.3V IC4005 V+3.3V IC4006 -9V V-5V IC4001
CLPIN(113)
CLP_AMP
Digital RGB
INPUT1 Component /RGB
IC4402 (CXA2101AQ) MATRIX ~35M (3-1 Select)
G/YOUT(2) B/CbOUT(1) R_CrOUT(3)
HOLD(106)
ACL
EXT_INT Circuit SYNC SEP Clamp SW
CBLK_LPF
6M LPF
GeonSYNC(1) 2-1 GeonSYNC(2) SEL
INPUT1 Monitor Out
IC4108 (BA7657F) RGB 2-1 SW
Analog RGB HV / YPbPr

DIVOUT(32) HD_30(72) HD_PLL(27) VD_AD(8)
(TC74VHC541) TTL Conv. INPUT2 Component /RGB Terminator SW
HD_RGB(41) VD_RGB(42) HD_PLK2(117) VD_PLK2(116) HD_PLD(119) VD_PLD(118)
-HS(100) +HS(101) +VS(102) CLP_AMP(28) CLP_MAT(111) CBLK_MAT(110) CBLK_LPF(109) HDLD_PLL(31)
INPUT1 Input DET.
CLP1(5) CLP2(6) HBLKT(7) VBLKT(8)
Terminator SW
WP_SW
IN1DET
E
Audio Input
IC4103 (TC4052BF) EXT/INT SEL EXT_INT
IC4104 (TA7630P) Pre-Amp. VOL Chroma Decode (4-1 Select) 6M LPF SECAM FLT 3L Y/C 6M LPF SD RAM I2C BUS
Audio Output
IC4103 (TC4052BF) Mute FIX/VAL SEL FIX_VAR A_MUTE1
(LCX541) Line Buffer (TFP201H) TMDS RECEIVER 6M LPF
3D Y/C&CNR 3D_RST
Audio Amp.
A_MUTE2 AUDIO_NG
2-1 SEL
2-1 SEL
DVI_PS VY_SBL
Expan. DBR
Audio Audio Input A Input B
DVI
Y/C
VIDEO VIDEO IN OUT
34
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
CLP_SW1(91) CLP_SW2(92)
HD_SEP(106) VD_SEP(107)
CLP_SEP(99) HPOL(98) VPOL(97) HSTATE(96) VSTATE(93)
(LT1399CS) 3CH Video Amp.
Time Circuit
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY

SD RAM 16M SD RAM 16M 100MHz X'tal
OSD_RXD(21) OSD_CLK(22) OSD_CE(23) HWRB(301) RDB(302) RESETB(303) CS4B(1) MCLKO(152) CLK2A(247)
RA[0:9]RB[0:9] GA[0:9]GB[0:9] BA[0:9]BB[0:9] CLKOUT(88) DEO(92) HDO(91) VDO(90)
RGB ASSY
IC31 (1/2) VD Shift IC5602 (MEM29L800TA-90PFIN) Flash ROM IC31 (2/2)
MCLKI(242)
HIS(300)
IC5301 (PD6357B) IC30
OSD_V(49)
RAI[0:7]RBI[0:7] GAI[0:7]GBI[0:7] BAI[0:7]BBI[0:7] CLKI(286) HDI(297) DEI(296) VDI(299)
OSDH(62)
UA [0 : 20] UD [0 : 15]
RST IC
AND
CS_FLASH(69) FEW_CE(60) A13_FLASH(70) WAIT_FLASH(102) MD2(125)
WACT_FRCT(32)
HD_W(117) VD_W(34,73) DE_W(33,72)
RY/BY(102)
CS_30(66) IC_RST(126) RDB(91) HWRS(92)
EXT_RXD(62)
EXT_TXD(60)
SGLB_AD(79)
IC5601 (HD64F2328VF) Wide UCOM

WU_CE(29) D_CLK(63) D_RXD(61)
RESET(61)
H(119) VI(31) FI(118)
V+3VD DC/DC Converter V+2VD
REQ_WU(71)
DLK_PLL(105) PLL_OE(33) TXD_WU(97) SCK_WU(101)
D_BUSY(64)
(88)
HWR_DLAY
HWR_30
IC5503 (TC74WHTC541AFT) 5V 3.3V Converter
IC5501 (TC74WHTC541AFT) 3.3V 5V Converter
(M5223) OP AMP
(LM50C1M3) Thermo Sensor 2
Wide UCOM Write Connector TC7W126FU
RST_WU(70)
REQ_WU(74)
IN5DET(49)
WE_WU(71)
ULK_PLL(30)
DIN_SEL (66) ACL_SW(58) CLK(125) SCL(29) SDA(30) FR_SEL(134) PLD_CE(137) SCK(128) TXD(138) H_POL_U(132) V_POL_U(131) SYNC_ST(136) SIGRST(88) FR_SEL(51) PLD_CE(90) TXD(1) CLK(2) H_POL(79) V_POL(80)
BUSY30(55)
OSD_CE (45) WU_CE(47)
TEMP2(95)
BUSY(54)
RST2(75)
FWE(68)
MD2(69)
IC4803 (EPM3256ATC144-10) PLD for SYNC
TXD0(35) WP_SW(21) VOL(4) EXT_INT(76) FIX_VAR(84) A_MUTE1(77) A_MUTE2(78) SDIN_SEL(67)
IC5505 (M3062FGAFP) Main UCOM
RXD0(36) WE_MD(72)
HD_U(140) VD_U(139)
Module UCOM TC7W126FU

PNL_MUTE(60) POWER(53) REQ_MD(19) REM(18) CB_MUTE (50)
SYNC_ST(85) SLOT_ST(93) SLOT_ST2(22) RGB_SEL(52) IN1DET(40)
KEY1_SCAN(20)
DPMS(7) H_SYNC(5) H_SYNC(6) AUDIO_NC(42)
FAN_NG(48) FAN(3)
(E)SDA(82) (E)SCL(81) EEPRST(83)
LED_G(37) LED_R(38)
IN3DET(36) IN4DET(37)
IC5504, IC5509 (74HCT00) SYNC SEL
IC5502 (24LC64(I)SN EEP ROM THERMO SENSOR FAN
Main UCOM (PS9248N) Write Connector RST IC KEY LED RS-232C REM
CNVSS(9) BUS(34) RXD1(32) TXD1(31) RST(12)
TEMP(94)
IN4DET
IN3DET
EEPROM
Slot State
SLOT CONNECTOR ASSY
VIDEO SLOT ST1 ASSY (OPTION)

F
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
35
3.1.3 DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
RGB ASSY
B
RGB 2 phase 10 bit
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY

3.3V
3.3V 2.5V
IC1301 (IC31 L) (PD6358) DRAM Line Buffer IC1401 (IC31 R) (PD6358) DRAM
3.3V
Address Data
IC5301 (PD6357) IC30

VD HD DE CLK
ADR CONNECT A - D Assy (Left section)
Address BUS Data BUS 3.3V Control Signal Reflesh-rate Det.
Address Data
ADR CONNECT A - D Assy (Right section) Y DRIVE Assy

Sustain Control
VD 31
APLR
IC1191 Flash ROM

3.3V HD VD
IC1703 (IC23) (PE5064)

STOPB
Address Resonance Control PC_VIDEO ADR_K_EMG 5V
C
RXDO REM PM_ST PN_MUTE MAX_PLS1 DITHER MOD_SW POWER MAX_PLS2
AND
RESET
IC1101 (HD64F2328VF) Panel Microcomputer

RXD BUSY REQ_PU
X DRIVE Assy
APD MUTE
Reset IC CN1201
EXT_RXD EXT_TXD
DEW DET
RST PU
5.0V 3.3V
EXD RXD EXD TXD
3.3V 5.0V
RST2
AND
OR
ADR PD
ADR K PD U ADR K PD D
RESONANCE Assy
Panel W/B ADJ. Hour/Pulse meter pn 5V 3.3V 2.5V STB5V
STB5V
STB5V
IIC BUS
IC5505 (M30624FGAGP) Main Microcomputer
EEP ROM
DCC_PD 5V
TXDO REQ_MD
RXDO TXDO WE_PN RESET
IC1207 (M30624FGAFP) Module Microcomputer OR

TEMP1 DIG. ADR. PD
AC_OFF PD_TRIGGER
DC/DC Converter Block
Reset IC
RELAY
THERMAL SENSOR Assy SW POWER SUPPLY Module
36
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
STB5V
12V
K3105 SUSOUT A
Q3103 Q3104, Q3109 Q3105, Q3124 Q3106, Q3125
37-40
29,30 14 16 K3107 PSUS
3.1.4 X DRIVE ASSY
From DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
1
IC3103,IC3104 TND301S
18 20
IC3200 STK795-460 Pulse Module
IC3008 TC74ACT541FT XNR_U Q3111 Q3112, Q3126

1 37-40 20 23 2 3 17 14 16 18 16 15 13 12 14 20 11 4 5 7 8 6 9 18 29,30 22 21 5 2 3 4 6 8 9 7 10 15 18 16 17 K3106 SUSOUT B
CN3001 X2 Q3110, Q3114
PN_MUTE 23
14
Q3113, Q3127
XNR-U 21
15
XSUS-B 5
18
XSUS-U 7 PLD
19
17
XSUS-D 9 IC3106,IC3107 TND301S
16
XSUS-G 11
18
IC3201 STK795-460 Pulse Module
To X CONNECTOR ASSY
XSUS-MSK 13
16
XCP-MSK 15
15
2
IC3008 PE1012A IC3001 TC74ACT541FT
XCP-MSK
XNR-D1 17
17
XNR-D2 19 charge pump circuit

VCP
14
IC3004 TC74ACT540FT
IC3102 HCPL-M611 IC3101 TC74ACT541FT

2-9 11-18 XSUS-MSK
PDP-433CMX
Photo coupler Q3116 Q3120 SUSGND XNR_U
XNR-D1
3
Q3122 IC3110 TND301S
XNR-D2
CN3101 X1
P.D. DET. IC3113 TND301S
Q3128
+15V
DGND
VRN UVP
XDRIVE_PD
VRN OVP
3
VRN-300V
XDC_DC_PD
VSUS
VSUS 225V
T3701 VRN D-D CONV.
SUSGND 11
4 E A B C D
SUSGND
37
3.1.5 Y DRIVE ASSY

IC5V CLR CLK OC1 OC2-1 LE AB SI1 SI2
27 25 30 31 40 42 43 45
Photo Coupler Photo Coupler Photo Coupler Photo Coupler Photo Coupler Photo Coupler
Y5 VH
IC2504 TC74ACT540FT
CN2501 CN2502
To SCAN ASSY (Lower)
IC2001 TC74ACT541FT
IC2501,IC2502, IC2505,IC2510, IC2512,IC2513, IC2514,IC2525, HCPL-M611 IC2506 TC74ACT540FT
To SCAN ASSY (Upper)
OC2-2
Photo Coupler
VH
IC2516 HCPL-M611
Y3
IC2503 TC74ACT540FT
GNDH
C
SUS muteDET. circuit
IC2005 TC74ACT541FT
14
+13.5V -9V
16 18 20
Pulse Module (STK795-460) IC2206
OC2-2 PN_MUTE YPR-U1 YPR-U2 YSUS-B YSUS-U YSUS-D YOFS YSUS-G YCP-MSK YSUS-MSK YSOFT-D DEW_DET
33 24 19 21 9 10 12 18 13 16 15 22 46
IC2004 TC74ACT541FT
YPR-U1
14 16 18 20
Pulse Module (STK795-460) IC2214
YCP-MSK IC2007 TC74ACT540FT

YPR-U2
charge pump circuit
Y2
IC2006 PE1013
YSUS-MSK
Photo Coupler
Q2102
Dew DET. circuit

IC2005 TC74ACT541FT
YSOFT-D
IC2202 HCPL-M611
Vsus
E
+15V D. GND +13.5V -9V YDRIVE_PD YDC_DC_PD VOFS_ADJ VSUS VSUS SUSGND SUSGND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 13 14
P.D. DET.
YOFS
Photo Coupler
IC2208 HCPL-M611 IC5V
IC5V UVP
IC5V, VF D-D CONV.
VF+ VF-
D. GND VOFS UVP VOFS OVP
VOFS
VOFS D-D CONV.

VH
F
SUSGND VH UVP VH OVP
VH D-D CONV.
38
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
VSUS Q2204 YPR-U1 YPR-U2 IC2203 TND301S Q2205
K2203
37-40 SUSOUT A 29,30
IC2212 TND301S Q2219 Q2218 Q2215 K2220 PSUS
5V 15V Vsus SUSOUT B

37-40 29,30
IC2213 TND301S Q2221 K2212 IC2216 TND301S Q2217 Q2226 Q2227 Q2220
TO Y CONNECTOR ASS'Y
5V 15V Vsus
IC2217 TND301S Q2233 Q2232 VCP
IC2201 TC74ACT541FT
2-9
11-18
PSUS Q2210
IC2204 TND301S
SUSGND Q2211
IC2210 TND301S
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
39
40
+15V +5V_AD/RGB Vin Vout FAN_D FAN_PD Vadj +5V_AD/RG B Vc A6
3.1.6 MX AUDIO ASSY
REGULATOR IC8701
A5
+5V_AD/RGB
FAN_Mute ( < 3.4V )
NOR
OP-AMP(Buf)
(3.06V - 1.66V) A7 FAN_D
uCOM_FAN
FAN_NG
FAN_PD
Temp3
Audio_NG
PDP-433CMX
[ FAN Drive Block ]
+15V
POWER AMP IC8601
+15V
+5VSTB
D.C Detect
+5VSTB
A3 Temp3
A1
+15V
R_Audio R_Audio L_Audio
Audio Mute
Stand_by R_OUT R_GND
GND
L_Audio
L_OUT L_GND
GND
A_Mute
+5VSTB
[ MX Audio Block ]
3.1.7 SUB ADDRESS A and B ASSYS
+60V ADRGND
CN8801 H : V MID CLAMP OFF L : V MID CLAMP ON
Current - Voltage Convert Block

R8801 - R8805
Over Current DET. Block

Q8801
B
P.D. Output Block ADR Output Resistance Load Block
Q8805, Q8806
V MID SW ADRK EMG1 +12V DGND ADR-B ADR-U ADR-D ADRK. PD

CN8802
Q8803, Q8831
ADR EMG 1 Block

12V
BUFF Block
Inversion Block
IC8801
+5V REG
IC8801 (DC+AC) (-AC)
D8804 5V
SW ADR-D ADR-U ADR-B +12V DGND VADR ADRGND ADROUT

CN8803 H : EMG1 OFF L : EMG1 ON
Additional Block
IC8802
(DC)
Conparator (EMG : ON)
CLK
Flip / Flop
IC8802
IC8803
Conparator (EMG : OFF)
CLR
IC8804
PDP-433CMX
1 2 3 4
41
3.1.8 ADR RESONANCE ASSY

+60V +60V +60V +60V
CN6702 12V
CAUTION : FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST RISK OF FIRE. REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE NO. ICP-S1.0 MFD BY ROHM CO., LTD. FOR IC6704.
ICP-S1, 0
IC6704 C6703 - C6708
Address Resonance Output Block ADROUT ADRGND VADR DGND +12V ADR-B ADR-U ADR-D SW
CN6701
ADR-B Pre-Drive
IC6701
ADR-B Drive
Q6701, Q6704
ADR B C6720 ADR U C6721 Q6708 Q6709 Q6706 Q6707
ADR-U Pre-Drive
ADR-U Drive
L6704
ADR OUT
IC6702
Q6702, Q6705
VADR V MID ADRGND DGND SW

CN6703 DGND
ADR D C6722 Q6710 Q6711
ADR-D Pre-Drive
IC6703
ADR-D Drive
Q6703, Q6712
V MID C6716 C6718
ADRGND
3.1.9 ADR CONNECT A, B, C and D ASSYS

Address Module (TCP) Address Module (TCP) Address Module (TCP) Address Module (TCP)
ADR OUT ADR PD
BRIDGE ASSY OPEN PD
HZ LBLK HBLK LE CLK DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B
Q6502, Q6503
HZ LBLK HBLK LE CLK
Buffer
IC6501
CN6501
42
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
3.1.10 VIDEO SIGNAL ROUTE
Total Figure
1
Signal Route
IC4108 BA7657F 6M LPF IC4403 IC4402 CXA2101AQ IC4603 CXA3516R IC5001 PE5067A-K IC5301 PD6357B IC4108 BA7657F IC4402 CXA2101AQ IC4603 CXA3516R IC5001 PE5067A-K IC5301 PD6357B IC4108 BA7657F IC4603 CXA3516R IC5001 PE5067A-K IC5301 PD6357B IC4402 CXA2101AQ IC4603 CXA3516R IC5001 PE5067A-K IC5301 PD6357B IC7401 TFP201A IC5301 PD6357B IC4108 BA7657F 6M LPF IC4403 IC4603 CXA3516R IC5001 PE5067A-K IC4402 CXA2101AQ IC5301 PD6357B
INPUT
Input Signal
VIDEO Signal (480i)
1/2
VIDEO Signal (except 480i)
PC Signal
2 E C D
3/4
VIDEO Signal (NTSC etc.)
PC Signal
PDP-433CMX
INPUT1
INPUT2
VIDEO SLOT
INPUT3/4
INPUT5
Analog Video Signal Digital Video Signal
4 A B
43
44
Signal Route
IC4108 BA7657F IC4801 NJM2234 IC4802 M52346SP IC4803 PDY077 IC5001 PE5067A-K IC5301 PD6357B IC4108 BA7657F IC4803 PDY077 IC5001 PE5067A-K IC5301 PD6357B
INPUT
Input Signal
3.1.11 SYNC SIGNAL ROUTE
Total Figure
1
This circuit that separates with VD from CompositeSYNC
IC4802 M52346SP IC4108 BA7657F IC4803 PDY077 IC5001 PE5067A-K IC5301 PD6357B IC4801 NJM2234 IC4802 M52346SP IC4803 PDY077 IC5001 PE5067A-K IC5301 PD6357B IC4803 PDY077 IC5001 PE5067A-K IC5301 PD6357B IC5301 PD6357B IC4108 BA7657F IC4802 M52346SP IC4801 NJM2234 IC5301 PD6357B IC4803 PDY077 IC5001 PE5067A-K
GonSYNC/YonSYNC
1/2
Composite SYNC
Separate SYNC
2
Analog Video Signal Digital Video Signal
GonSYNC/YonSYNC
3/4
Separate SYNC
PDP-433CMX
Separate SYNC (+DE, +CLK)
INPUT1
INPUT2
VIDEO SLOT
INPUT3/4
INPUT5
3.2 WAVEFORMS
RGB ASSY
1
CH1 : IC5505 - pin 29 (SCL) CH2 : IC5505 - pin 30 (SDA) V: 5V/div. H: 500sec/div.
CH1 : IC5505 - pin 1 (TXD) CH2 : IC5505 - pin 2 (CLK) V: 5V/div. H: 100sec/div.
CH1 CH2
GND GND GND
CH2
GND
CH1 CH1 CH2

GND GND GND
CH1
GND
CH2
CH1 : IC5505 - pin 81 ((E) SCL) CH2 : IC5505 - pin 82 ((E) SDA) V: 5V/div. H: 500sec/div.
IC5505 - pin 15 (XIN) V: 2V/div. H: 50nsec/div.
CH2 CH1 CH2
GND GND GND
GND GND
CH1
IC5505 - pin 20 (KEYSCAN) V: 5V/div. H: 50msec/div.
GND
GND
IC5505 - pin 35 (TXDO) V: 5V/div. H: 1msec/div.
GND
GND
IC5505 - pin 18 (REM) V: 5V/div. H: 50msec/div.
GND
GND
PDP-433CMX
45
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY

1
K1327 (VDI) K1328 (HDI) V: 2V/div. H: 4msec/div.
K1326 (DEI) K1333 (VCLKL) V: 2V/div. H: 4sec/div.
K1308 (VDRB) IC1501 - pin 15 (LBLK) V: 2V/div. H: 2msec/div.
K1327 (VDI) K1328 (HDI) V: 2V/div. H: 10sec/div.
K1326 (DEI) K1333 (VCLKL) V: 2V/div. H: 10nsec/div.
K1308 (VDRB) IC1501 - pin 13 (LE) V: 2V/div. H: 2msec/div.
K1327 (VDI) CN1004 pin 49 (R DIGITAL VIDEO) V: 2V/div. H: 4msec/div.
K1308 (VDRB) R1713 - pin 7 (XSUS_B) V: 2V/div. H: 2msec/div.
10
IC1501 - pin 13 (LE) IC1501 - pin 11 (ADRCLK) V: 2V/div. H: 200nsec/div.
K1328 (HDI) K1326 (DEI) V: 2V/div. H: 4sec/div.
K1308 (VDRB) R1703 - pin 8 (YSUS_B) V: 2V/div. H: 2msec/div.
10
IC1501 - pin 13 (LE) IC1501 - pin 11 (ADRCLK) V: 2V/div. H: 20nsec/div.
K1308 (VDRB) R1343 - pin 8 (RDAT_DL0) V: 2V/div. H: 4msec/div.
46
PDP-433CMX
RESONANCE ASSY
1
CH1 : IC6702 - pin 2 CH2 : IC6701 - pin 2 CH3 : IC6703 - pin 2 V: 1V/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)
CH1 GND H: 2msec/div CH2 GND CH3 GND CH1 GND H: 500nsec/div CH2 GND CH3 GND
ADR CONNECT A - D ASSY

1
CH1 : IC6501 - pin 8 (CLK) CH2 : IC6501 - pin 6 (LE) CH3 : IC6501 - (DATA) V: 1V/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)
CH1 GND H: 2msec/div CH2 GND CH3 GND CH1 GND H: 500nsec/div CH2 GND CH3 GND
SUB ADDRESS A, B ASSY

1
CH1 : IC8801 - pin 3 CH2 : IC8801 - pin 7 CH3 : IC8802 - pin 1 V: 2V/div. H: 2msec/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)
CH1 GND CH2
GND CH3 GND
CH1 : D6706 Cathode CH2 : D6703 Cathode CH3 : D6708 Cathode V: 2V/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)
CH1 GND CH2 GND CH3 GND CH1 GND
CH1 : IC6501 - pin 5 (HBLK) CH2 : IC6501 - pin 3 (LBLK) CH3 : IC6501 - pin 2 (HZ) V: 1V/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)
CH1 GND CH2 GND CH3 GND CH1 CH2 GND CH3 GND GND
CH1 : IC8801 - pin 3 CH2 : IC8801 - pin 7 CH3 : IC8802 - pin 1 V: 2V/div. H: 2msec/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)
H: 2msec/div
H: 2msec/div
CH1 GND CH2 GND CH3 GND
H: 500nsec/div
CH2 GND CH3 GND
H: 500nsec/div
CH1 : Q6706 Drain CH2 : Q6710 Soruse V: 10V/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)
V MID CLAMP ASSY

1
CH1
GND
H: 2msec/div
CH2
GND
CH1 : Q9006 Base (CLAMP REF V) CH2 : D9010 Anode (MID) CH3 : Q9006 Collector V: 10V/div. H: 2msec/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)
CH1
CH1
H: 500nsec/div GND
GND CH2
CH2
GND
CH1 : Q6706 Drain CH2 : Q6710 Soruse V: 10V/div. (Input : PC, Signal : Color bar)
GND
CH3 GND
2
H: 2msec/div
CH1
GND
CH2
GND
CH1 : Q9006 Base (CLAMP REF V) CH2 : D9010 Anode (MID) CH3 : Q9006 Collector V: 10V/div. H: 2msec/div. (Input : PC, Signal : Color bar)
CH1 GND CH2
CH1
H: 500nsec/div GND
CH2
GND GND CH3 GND
CH1 : Q6708 Drain CH2 : Q6710 Drain V: 10V/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)
CH1
H: 2msec/div GND
CH2
GND
CH1
H: 500nsec/div GND
CH2
GND
PDP-433CMX
47
VIDEO CARD (PDA-5002)

1
IC7002 - pin 7 (VY) V: 200mV/div. H: 20sec/div. (INPUT4, NTSC Color-Bar)
K7301 (CR) V: 200mV/div. H: 20sec/div. (INPUT4, NTSC Color-Bar)
CH1 : IC7408 - pin 14 (VD_PLK) CH2 : IC7408 - pin 15 (HD_PLK) CH3 : IC7408 - pin 17 (DE_PLK) CH4 : IC7408 - pin 15 (RB_PLKO4) V: 5V/div. H: 4msec/div. (INPUT5, VESA, 1024 768@60Hz, RAMP)
11
CH1 : IC7408 - pin 18 (CLK_PLK) CH2 : IC7408 - pin 15 (HD_PLK) CH3 : IC7408 - pin 17 (DE_PLK) CH4 : IC7408 - pin 15 (RB_PLKO4) V: 5V/div. H: 40nsec/div. (INPUT5, VESA, 1024 768@60Hz, RAMP) CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
CH1
CH2 CH3
K7201 (3DY) V: 200mV/div. H: 20sec/div. (INPUT4, NTSC Color-Bar)
IC7303 - pin 7 (HDPLD) V: 2V/div. H: 20sec/div. (INPUT4, NTSC Color-Bar)
CH4
10
CH1 : IC7408 - pin 18 (CLK_PLK) CH2 : IC7408 - pin 15 (HD_PLK) CH3 : IC7408 - pin 17 (DE_PLK) CH4 : IC7408 - pin 15 (RB_PLKO4) V: 5V/div. H: 10sec/div. (INPUT5, VESA, 1024 768@60Hz, RAMP)
12
CH1 : IC7408 - pin 14 (VD_PLK) CH2 : IC7410 - pin 5 (VD_PLKU) CH3 : IC7408 - pin 15 (HD_PLK) CH4 : IC7410 - pin 7 (HD_PLKU) V: 5V/div. H: 2msec/div. (INPUT5, VESA, 1024 768@60Hz, RAMP) CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
CH1 CH2
K7202 (3DC) V: 200mV/div. H: 20sec/div. (INPUT4, NTSC Color-Bar)
IC7303 - pin 5 (VDPLD) V: 2V/div. H: 4msec/div. (INPUT4, NTSC Color-Bar)
CH3
CH4
K7303 (Y) V: 200mV/div. H: 20sec/div. (INPUT4, NTSC Color-Bar)
K7302 (CB) V: 200mV/div. H: 20sec/div. (INPUT4, NTSC Color-Bar)
48
PDP-433CMX
RGB VIDEO Signal Waveforms

Waveform at Power ON
Reset 2, D+2.5V, D+3.3V V: 2V/div. H: 20msec/div. A+3.3V, D+2.5V, D+3.3V V: 2V/div. H: 50msec/div. Wide UCOM, Reset 2, D+3.3V V: 2V/div. H: 20msec/div. IC100 clk, Reset 2, D+3.3V V: 2V/div. H: 20msec/div.
Measurement Point
I/O ASSY RGB ASSY
5 4
CN4004 CN4103 IC4108 BA7657F J5203
6 15 17 22
IC5301 PD6357B
IC4403 6MLPF
IC4402 CXA2101AQ
13 27
IC4603 CXA3516R
14 12
10 11 25 T1 16 18
IC4803 PDY077 CN5702
26 9 8
IC4802 M52346 SP
21
20
IC5702 IC5701
T2
23
19
24
IC5505 M30624 FGAFP
Trigger Signal
T1 K4805 (HD_PLL) : For Horizonatal Sync. Signal T2 IC4802 - pin 13 : For Vertical Sync. Signal
Measurement Condition
1 to 27 : 28 to 29 : 30 to 31 : 32 to 33 :
Input Input Signal Signal Pattern Screen Mode Clamp Mode Color Mode
: INPUT 1 (Component) : 480i : H RAMP : WIDE : AUTO : COLOR MODE 1
: INPUT 2 (RGBHV) : XGA@60Hz : Monoscope : FULL : AUTO : COLOR MODE 1
: INPUT 5 (DVI) : XGA@60Hz : Monoscope : FULL : AUTO : COLOR MODE 1
: INPUT 2 (RGBHV) : 1125i : Monoscope : FULL : AUTO : COLOR MODE 1
PDP-433CMX
CN5701
IC5001 PE5067 A-K
49
Information
NO. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Point CN4103 - pin 2 CN4004 - pin 1 IC4402 - pin 17 IC4603 - pin 133 IC4603 - pin 70 IC5301 - pin 276 IC5701 - pin 30 IC4802 - pin 4 IC4802 - pin 15 IC4402 - pin 31 IC4603 - pin 113 IC4603 - pin 103 IC4603 - pin 101 IC4603 - pin 98 K5315 (HD_SEL) CN5702 - pin 26 K5314 (DE_SEL) CN5702 - pin 24 IC4803 - pin 140 K5317 (HD_SEL) IC4803 - pin 11 K5316 (VD_SEL) CN5702 - pin 28 IC4803 - pin 139 K4806 IC4402 - pin 31 K4603 (Y_SIGNAL) K5314 (DE_SEL) 28 K5315 (HD_SEL) K5316 (VD_SEL) K5317 (HD_30) K5314 (DE_SEL) 29 K5315 (HD_SEL) K5316 (VD_SEL) K5317 (HD_30) K5314 (DE_SEL) 30 K5315 (HD_SEL) K5316 (VD_SEL) K5317 (HD_30) K5314 (DE_SEL) 31 K5315 (HD_SEL) K5316 (VD_SEL) K5317 (HD_30) K5314 (DE_SEL) 32 K5315 (HD_SEL) K5316 (VD_SEL) K5317 (HD_30) K5314 (DE_SEL) 33 K5315 (HD_SEL) K5316 (VD_SEL) K5317 (HD_30) Magnified K5316 (VD_SEL) section of No. 32. Frequency of 2 times of K5314 (DE_SEL), K5315 (HD_SEL) and K5317 (HD_30) in the 1125i indication. K5316 (VD_SEL) K5314 (DE_SEL) is not fixed to "L" level in the 1125i indication. K5314 (DE_SEL), K5315 (HD_SEL) and k 5317 (HD _ 30) synchronize with K5316 (VD_SEL). K5316 (VD_SEL) Magnified K5316 (VD_SEL) section of No. 30. K5314 (DE_SEL), K5315 (HD_SEL) and K5317 (HD_30) are the same frequency in the PC signal indication by the DVI input. K5316 (VD_SEL) K5314 (DE_SEL) is not fixed to "L" level in the PC signal indication by the DVI input. K5314 (DE_SEL), K5315 (HD_SEL) and k 5317 (HD_30) synchronize with K5316 (VD_SEL). K5316 (VD_SEL) Magnified K5316 (VD_SEL) section of No. 28. K5315 (HD_SEL) and K5317 (HD _ 30) are the same frequency in the PC signal indication. K5316 (VD_SEL) K5314 (DE_SEL) is fixed to "L" level in the PC signal indication. K5315 (HD_SEL) and k 5317 (HD _ 30) synchronize with K5316 (VD_SEL). K5316 (VD_SEL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) and frequency is 4 times. Do not synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) No output Clock signal that synchronizes with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) and frequency is 4 times. Do not synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) and frequency is 4 times. Do not synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) and frequency is 1/4 times. Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with IC4802 - pin 13 Synchronize with IC4802 - pin 13 Synchronize with IC4802 - pin 13 Synchronize with IC4802 - pin 13 Synchronize with IC4802 - pin 13 Synchronize with IC4802 - pin 13 Synchronize with IC4802 - pin 13 Information Trigger Signal (CH4) T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2
50
PDP-433CMX
CN4103 - pin 2 V: 200mV/div. H: 10sec/div.
IC5301 - pin 276 V: 1V/div. H: 10sec/div.
11
16
CN5702 - pin 26 V: 2V/div. H: 10sec/div.
T1
T1
T1
T1
CN4004 - pin 1 V: 200mV/div. H: 10sec/div.
12
17
K5315 V: 2V/div. H: 10sec/div.
T1
T1
T1
T1
13
18
CN5702 - pin 24 V: 2V/div. H: 10sec/div.
T1
T1
T1
T1
14
IC4603 - pin 98 V: 2V/div. H: 80msec/div.
19
T1
T1
T1
T1
10
15
20
T1
T1
T1
T1
PDP-433CMX
51
21
IC4803 - pin 11 V: 200mV/div. H: 4msec/div.
26
IC4402 - pin 31 V: 200mV/div. H: 4msec/div.
28
K5314 (DE_SEL), K5315 (HD_SEL), K5316 (VD_SEL), K5317 (HD_30) V: 5V/div. H: 2msec/div.
K5316
32
K5316
K5314 K5315
K5314
K5315
T2
T2
K5317
K5317
22
K5316 V: 200mV/div. H: 4msec/div.
27
K4603 (Y_SIGNAL) V: 1V/div. H: 20sec/div.
29
K5314 (DE_SEL), K5315 (HD_SEL), K5316 (VD_SEL), K5317 (HD_30) V: 5V/div. H: 40sec/div.
K5316
33
K5316
K5314
K5314
K5315
K5315
T2 T2
K5317
K5317
23
CN5702 - pin 28 V: 200mV/div. H: 4msec/div.
30
K5316
K5314
K5315
T2
K5317
24
IC4803 - pin 139 V: 200mV/div. 4msec/div.
31
K5316
K5314
K5315
T2
K5317
25
K4806 V: 200mV/div. H: 4msec/div.
T2
52
PDP-433CMX
Sustain Waveforms
Sustain Waveform (1 field)
ch 1 : K3107 (X.PSUS) - K3201 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 2msec/div. ch 2 : K2220 (Y.PSUS) - K2219 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 2msec/div.
Drive Pulse Waveforms

Reset Waveform
ch 1 : K3107 (X.PSUS) - K3201 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 100sec/div. ch 2 : K2220 (Y.PSUS) - K2219 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 100sec/div.
Y Drive Pulse Control Waveform (1 field)

ch 1 : K2220 (Y.PSUS) - K2219 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 2msec/div. ch 2 : K2039 (YCP_MSK) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 2msec/div. ch 3 : K2040 (YSUS_MSK) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 2msec/div. ch 4 : K2041 (OFS) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 2msec/div. ch 5 : K2053 (SOFT_D) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 2msec/div.
Sustain Waveform
ch 1 : K2220 (Y.PSUS) - K2219 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 500nsec/div. ch 2 : K2028 (YSUS_U) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 500nsec/div. ch 3 : K2027 (YSUS_B) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 500nsec/div. ch 4 : K2029 (YSUS_D) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 500nsec/div. ch 5 : K2037 (YSUS_G) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 500nsec/div.
Sustain Waveform (first half)

Y Drive Pulse Control Waveform (1 sub-field)

ch 1 : K2220 (Y.PSUS) - K2219 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 50sec/div. ch 2 : K2039 (YCP_MSK) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 50sec/div. ch 3 : K2040 (YSUS_MSK) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 50sec/div. ch 4 : K2041 (OFS) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 50sec/div. ch 5 : K2053 (SOFT_D) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 50sec/div.
Sustain Waveform (second half)

X Drive Pulse Control Waveform (1 field)

ch 1 : K3107 (X.PSUS) - K3201 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 2msec/div. ch 2 : K3017 (XCP_MSK) - K3005 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 2msec/div. ch 3 : K3015 (XSUS_MSK) - K3005 (DGND) V: 5V/div. H: 2msec/div.
Sustain Waveform (middle)

Reset Waveform (second half)

PDP-433CMX
53
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
5. PCB PARTS LIST

NOTES : Parts marked by NSP are generally unavailable because they are not in our Master Spare Parts List. mark found on some component parts indicates the importance of the safety factor of the part. The Therefore, when replacing, be sure to use parts of identical designation. When ordering resistors, first convert resistance values into code form as shown in the following examples. Ex. 1 When there are 2 effective digits (any digit apart from 0), such as 560 ohm and 47k ohm (tolerance is shown by J = 5%, and K = 10%). 560 = 56 10 1 = 561 ................................................... RD1/4PU 5 6 1 J 47k = 47 10 3 = 473 .................................................. RD1/4PU 4 7 3 J 0.5 = R50 ...................................................................... RN2H 5 0 K 1 = 1R0 ......................................................................... RS1P 1 0 K Ex. 2 When there are 3 effective digits (such as in high precision metal film resistors). 5.62k = 562 10 1 = 5621 ........................................... RN1/4PC 5 6 2 1 F Mark No.
NSP
Description
Part No.
AWV1969 AWZ6724 AWZ6725 AWZ6726 AWZ6727 AWZ6728 AWZ6729 AWZ6730 AWZ6731 AWV1928 AWZ6678 AWZ6679 AWZ6680 AWZ6681 AWZ6751 AWV1985 AWV1990 AWZ6634 AWZ6748 AWZ6692 AWZ6693 AWV1971 AWV1978 AWZ6631 AWZ6744 AWV1976 AWZ6633 AWZ6705 AWZ6706 AWZ6637 AWZ6696 AWZ6642 AWZ6643 AWZ6644 AWZ6695
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
LIST OF ASSEMBLIES
SCAN FUKUGO ASSY SCAN (A) ASSY SCAN (B) ASSY X CONNECTOR (A) ASSY X CONNECTOR (B) ASSY BRIDGE A ASSY BRIDGE B ASSY BRIDGE C ASSY BRIDGE D ASSY ADDRESS FUKUGO ASSY ADR CONNECT A ASSY ADR CONNECT B ASSY ADR CONNECT C ASSY ADR CONNECT D ASSY ADR RESONANCE ASSY X DRIVE ASSY NSP Y DRIVE ASSY SLOT CONNECTOR ASSY Y DRIVE ASSY SUB ADDRESS A ASSY SUB ADDRESS B ASSY DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY RGB VIDEO ASSY I/O ASSY RGB ASSY NSP MX FUKUGO ASSY CONTROL ASSY SP OUT L ASSY SP OUT R ASSY SIDE KEY ASSY THERMAL SENSOR ASSY MX LED ASSY IR ASSY MX AUDIO ASSY KEY CONNECTOR ASSY
SCAN (A) ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
IC6201-IC6206 D 6207 SN755864APZP KU10N16
CAPACITORS
C6201,C6202,C6212,C6213 (0.1F/250V) C6222,C6223,C6232,C6233 (0.1F/250V) C6242,C6243,C6252,C6253 (0.1F/250V) C6203,C6205,C6220,C6231,C6235 C6251,C6259 C6262-C6266 C6206,C6210,C6215,C6219,C6227 C6229,C6236,C6240,C6244,C6246 C6255,C6266 C6208,C6209,C6217,C6218,C6226 C6230,C6238,C6239,C6245,C6250 C 6257,C 6258 C6204,C6207,C6214,C6216 C6224,C6225,C6234,C6237 C6248,C6249,C6254,C6256 C6211,C6221,C6228,C6241,C6247 C6261 ACG1088 ACG1088 ACG1088 CCSRCH151J50 CCSRCH151J50 CCSRCH151J50 CCSRCH181J50 CCSRCH181J50 CCSRCH181J50 CCSRCH331J5 CCSRCH331J5 CCSRCH331J5 CCSRCH390J50 CCSRCH390J50 CCSRCH390J50 CKSRYB105Z6R3 CKSRYB105Z6R3
NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP
NSP
RESISTORS
R6207,R6209,R6222,R6228,R6232 R6239 Other Resistors RAB4C221J RAB4C221J RS1/16S J
OTHERS
CN6201 15P CONNECTOR K6202,K6212,K6219,K6225,K6231 TEST PIN K6239,K6244 TEST PIN AKP1218 AKX9002 AKX9002
54
PDP-433CMX
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
SCAN (B) ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
IC6001-IC6006 D 6007 SN755864APZP KU10N16
BRIDGE B ASSY
SEMICONDUCTOR
D6431 D1FL20U(S)
CAPACITORS
C6001,C6002,C6011,C6012 (0.1F/250V) C6021,C6022,C6031,C6032 (0.1F/250V) C6041,C6042,C6051,C6052 (0.1F/250V) C6004,C6020,C6029,C6033,C6049 C6058,C6060,C6062-C6066 C6005,C6009,C6013,C6015 C6026,C6027,C6038,C6040,C6044 C6048,C6054,C6059 C6003,C6006,C6017,C6018 C6023,C6024,C6034,C6037,C6043 C6045,C6053,C6055 C 6003,C 6006,C 6017,C 6018 C6023,C6024,C6034,C6037,C6043 C6045,C6053,C6055 C6010,C6016,C6030,C6036,C6050 C6061 ACG1088 ACG1088 ACG1088 CCSRCH151J50 CCSRCH151J50 CCSRCH181J50 CCSRCH181J50 CCSRCH181J50 CCSRCH331J50 CCSRCH331J50 CCSRCH331J50 CCSRCH390J50 CCSRCH390J50 CCSRCH390J5 CKSRYF105K6R3 CKSRYF105K6R3
CAPACITOR
C6431 (0.1F/100V) ACG1098
OTHERS
CN6431 PH CONNECTOR B4B-PH-SM3
BRIDGE C ASSY
SEMICONDUCTOR
D6441 D1FL20U(S)
CAPACITOR
C6441 (0.1F/100V) ACG1098
OTHERS
BRIDGE D ASSY
SEMICONDUCTOR
D6451 D1FL20U(S)
RESISTORS
R6007,R6012,R6021,R6028,R6032 R6040 Other Resistors RAB4C221J RAB4C221J RS1/16S J
CAPACITOR
C6451 (0.1F/100V) ACG1098
OTHERS
CN6001 15P CONNECTOR K6001,K6012,K6018,K6025,K6031 TEST PIN K6038,K6044 TEST PIN AKP1218 AKX9002 AKX9002
OTHERS
ADR CONNECT A ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
IC6501 Q6502 Q6503 D6501 TC74VHC541FT 2SC2712 2SK209 DA227
X CONNECTOR (A) ASSY

RESISTORS
All Resistors RS1/16S J
COILS
X CONNECTOR (B) ASSY

RESISTORS
L6501,L6502 (22H/0.11A)
ATH1081
CAPACITORS
C6504,C6513-C6520,C6528 (330pF/100V) C6531,C6533,C6534 (47F/6.3V) C6536-C6538 C6507-C6510,C6522-C6525,C6532 C6535 D1FL20U(S) ACG1094 ACH1341 CCSRCH121J50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
BRIDGE A ASSY
SEMICONDUCTOR
D6421
RESISTORS
R6519-R6522,R6526,R6528 R6530,R6531,R6534-R6537,R6541 R6543,R6545,R6547 R6516 Other Resistors RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RAB4C473J RS1/16S
CAPACITOR
C6421 (0.1F/100V) ACG1098
OTHERS
OTHERS
CN6501 55P CONNECTOR AKM1202
PDP-433CMX
55
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
ADR CONNECT B ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
ADR CONNECT D ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
COILS
L6601,L6602 (22H/0.11A) ATH1081
COILS
L6901,L6902 (22H/0.11A) ATH1081
CAPACITORS
C6604,C6613-C6620,C6628 (330pF/100V) C6631,C6633,C6634 (47F/6.3V) C6636-C6638 C6607-C6610,C6622-C6625,C6632 C6635 ACG1094 ACH1341 CCSRCH121J50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
CAPACITORS
RESISTORS
RESISTORS
OTHERS
OTHERS
ADR CONNECT C ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
ADR RESONANCE ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
IC6704 IC6701-IC6703 Q6704,Q6705,Q6712 Q6701-Q6703 Q6710,Q6711 Q6706-Q6709 D6701,D6703,D6704,D6706 D6709,D6710,D6717,D6718 D6711-D6714 D6702,D6705,D6716 ICP-S1.0 TND301S 2SB1132 2SD1664 FS30ASJ-2 FX20ASJ-2 1SS355 D1FL20U(S) SPX-62S UDZ15B
COILS
L6801,L6802 (22H/0.11A) ATH1081
CAPACITORS
COIL
L6704 CHOKE COIL ATH1121
CAPACITORS
C6716,C6718 (1.00F) C6720,C6721 (0.1F/100V) C6722 (0.0068F/100V) C6703-C6708 (56F/80V) C6701,C6702,C6709 ACE1159 ACG1101 ACG1102 ACH1347 CEHV470M16 CKSRYF104Z16
RESISTORS
C6710,C6711,C6713
OTHERS
RESISTORS
OTHERS
CN6701 CN6702 CN6703 23P CONNECTOR PH CONNECTOR PH CONNECTOR AKP1221 B4B-PH-SM3 B5B-PH-SM3
56
PDP-433CMX
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
ACE1160 ACE1160 ACG1092 ACG1100 ACH1346 ACH1348 CEHAT101M16 CEHAT101M25 CEHAT221M25 CEHAT470M16 CEHAT470M25 CKSRYB332K50 CKSRYF104Z50 CKSRYF104Z50 CKSRYF104Z50
X DRIVE ASSY
[X LOGIC BLOCK] [X LOGIC BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS
IC3003 IC3004 IC3001,IC3008 PE1012A TC74ACT540FT TC74ACT541FT
CAPACITORS
C3205,C3206,C3212,C3213 (1.5F) C3225,C3226 (1.5F) C3131,C3139,C3143 (0.1F/630V) C3223,C3224 (100pF/500V) C3132 (47F/350V) C3200-C3202,C3207-C3209 (330F/315V) C3112,C3133 C3102,C3107,C3115,C3204,C3211 C3101 C3104,C3106,C3134,C3141 C3135 C3154,C3163 C3103,C3105,C3108,C3109,C3111 C3113,C3114,C3117,C3130,C3140 C3147 RAB4C0R0J RAB4C470J RAB4C472J RS1/16S
COIL
L3001 LFEA100J
CAPACITORS
C3005 C3001,C3003,C3004,C3006 CEHAT470M16 CKSRYF104Z50
RESISTORS
R3009-R3012 R3001,R3003,R3026,R3029 R3002,R3005,R3030,R3033 Other Resistors
RESISTORS
J VR3204 (1k) R3183,R3184,R3187 R3113,R3114,R3121,R3122,R3126 R3132,R3140,R3141 R3212,R3217,R3230,R3234,R3237 R3240,R3242,R3245 R3250-R3253 R3134,R3163 R3103 R3109 R3102 R3215,R3216 R3228,R3229 R3202,R3203 R3178,R3179 Other Resistors ACP1089 ACN1156 RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RS1/10S184J RS1/10S184J RS1/16S3300F RS1/2S100J RS1/2S102J RS1/2S2R2J RS1/2S561J RS1MMF101J RS1MMF122J RS1MMF563J RS2MMF181J RS1/16S J
OTHERS
CN3001 30P CONNECTOR KF050HA30L
[X SUS BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

IC3102 IC3200,IC3201 IC3101 IC3103,IC3104,IC3106,IC3107 IC3110,IC3113 IC3109 Q3117 Q3116,Q3119,Q3120 Q3101 Q3103-Q3106,Q3109-Q3114 Q3124-Q3127 Q3123 Q3122,Q3128 Q3102,Q3118 D3119 D3108,D3124,D3125,D3130,D3133 D3101,D3102,D3117,D3126,D3131 D3200,D3202,D3203,D3205 D3207,D3208,D3210-D3215 D3120,D3127-D3129,D3135,D3136 D3216,D3217 HCPL-M611 STK795-470 TC74ACT541FT TND301S TND301S UPC78L05T 2SJ181L 2SJ522 2SK2503 FS16VS-9 FS16VS-9 FS2AS-14A FS7VS-14A HN1B04FU 1SS184 1SS355 D1FL40 D1FL40 D1FL40 UDZ15B RB751V-40
OTHERS
K3203,K3213 TIP RING CN3101 13P PLUG AKX9002 KM250MA13
[X DD CON BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

IC3712 IC3701 IC3702-IC3704 Q3701 Q3800 D3710,D3711 D3705,D3706 D3702 D3708,D3709,D3713 D3703 D3707 AN1431M MIP161 TLP181(GR) 2SC2712 HN1A01FU 1SS355 D1FL20U(S) EC8FS6 RD110P UDZ18B UDZS5.6B
COILS
L3206,L3207 ATH1112 RADIAL LEAD INDUCTOR L3201,L3204 CHOKE COIL ATH1113 L3202,L3205,L3210,L3211 ATH1118 CHOKE COIL L3101 L3107,L3108 L3103 LFEA100J LFEA101J LFEA470J
COIL
L3701 RADIAL LEAD INDUCTOR ATH1110
PDP-433CMX
57
Mark No.
T3701
Description
Part No.
ATK1153
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
TRANSFORMER CAPACITORS
C3701 (22F/315V) C3717 (47F/315V) C3704 C3706,C3711,C3714 C3712 C3705 C3703,C3707,C3708,C3710 C3715,C3716 ACH1345 ACH1346 CEHAT101M16 CEHAT101M25 CEHAT331M16 CKSQYF104Z50 CKSRYB104K16 CKSRYB104K16
[Y DRIVE SUS BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

IC2202,IC2208 IC2206,IC2214 IC2201 IC2203,IC2204,IC2210,IC2212 IC2213,IC2216,IC2217 IC2205,IC2209 Q2203 Q2204,Q2205 Q2201 Q2215,Q2217-Q2221,Q2226,Q2227 Q2232,Q2233 Q2210,Q2211 Q2209 D2225 D2202,D2204 D2211 D2201 D2203,D2205,D2214,D2216,D2223 D2226, D2227, D2243 D2209 D2208,D2210,D2212,D2215 D2221,D2222,D2228,D2239 D2224,D2229 D2206,D2207 HCPL-M611 STK795-470 TC74ACT541FT TND301S TND301S UPC78L05T 2SJ281 2SJ522 2SK2503 FQB34N20 FQB34N20 FS16VS-9 HN1B04FU 1SS184 1SS226 1SS355 D1FL20U(S) D1FL40 D1FL40 DF20L60 EC11FS4 EC11FS4 RB751V-40 UDZ15B
RESISTORS
VR3701 (1k) R3732 R3806 R3701-R3704,R3706-R3717 R3805 R3731 R3802 R3738,R3739 R3800,R3801 Other Resistors ACP1089 RS1/16S1001F RS1/16S1802F RS1/16S1803F RS1/16S2702F RS1/16S3900F RS1/16S5601F RS1/2S102J RS1/2S823J RS1/16S J
Y DRIVE ASSY
[Y DRIVE LOGIC BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS
IC2006 IC2007 IC2001,IC2003-IC2005 IC2101 Q2101,Q2102 D2101 PE1013B TC74ACT540FT TC74ACT541FT TLP181(GR) HN1C01FU 1SS355
COILS
L2207 RADIAL LEAD INDUCTOR L2213,L2214 RADIAL LEAD INDUCTOR L2206,L2211 CHOKE COIL L2208,L2212,L2215,L2216 CHOKE COIL L2210 L2203,L2205 L2201 ATH1110 ATH1112 ATH1113 ATH1118 LFEA100J LFEA101J LFEA470J
COIL
L2001 LFEA100J
CAPACITORS
C2228,C2230,C2231,C2250-C2252 (1.5F) C2209,C2210 (0.1F/630V) C2233,C2248 (100pF500V) C2211 (47F/350V) C2216,C2217,C2219,C2234-C2236 (330F315) C2221,C2225 C2204,C2227,C2237,C2240,C2247 C2202 C2232 C2218,C2224,C2229 C2212,C2214 C2264,C2270 C2201,C2203,C2205,C2208,C2213 C2220,C2222,C2223,C2238,C2239 C2241,C2242 ACE1160 ACG1092 ACG1104 ACH1346 ACH1352 CEHAT101M16 CEHAT101M25 CEHAT221M25 CEHAT331M2A CEHAT470M16 CEHAT470M25 CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF104Z50 CKSRYF104Z50 CKSRYF104Z50
CAPACITORS
C2101 C2103 C2003 C2001,C2004,C2005,C2007,C2008 C2010,C2102,C2104,C2122 CEHAT100M50 CEHAT1R0M50 CEHAT470M16 CKSRYF104Z50 CKSRYF104Z50
RESISTORS
R2015-R2018 R2001,R2002,R2005,R2011 R2037,R2038 R2035,R2036,R2039,R2040 Other Resistors RAB4C0R0J RAB4C470J RAB4C470J RAB4C472J RS1/16S
OTHERS
CN2001 2101 2001 2002 50P CONNECTOR SENSOR Screw Nut AKM1201 AXX1057 BMZ20P040FMC NB20FMC
RESISTORS
VR2201,VR2205 (1k) R2235,R2273,R2291,R2305,R2315 R2317,R2342 R2253,R2256,R2270,R2283,R2332 ACP1089 RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RS1/10S184J
58
PDP-433CMX
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
RS1/16S2000F RS1/2S100J RS1/2S102J RS1/2S2R2J RS1/2S561J RS1MMF101J RS1MMF152J RS1MMF471J RS2MMF3R3J RS3LMFR82J RS1/16S J
Mark No.
D2725 D2733 D2724 D2713 D2740
Description
Part No.
EC8FS6 RD91P U1ZB330 U1ZB36 UDZ12B UDZ3.6B UDZ33B UDZ36B UDZS5.6B
R2359-R2362 R2263,R2264 R2203 R2209 R2202 R2278,R2303 R2233,R2234 R2274,R2275 R2298,R2299 R2276,R2281 Other Resistors
D2709,D2716 D2729,D2731 D2703,D2710 D2720,D2730,D2739
COIL
L2701 RADIAL LEAD INDUCTOR ATH1110
OTHERS
K2206,K2218 TIP RING AKX9002 KN2201-KN2210 GROUND PLATE ANK-142 CN2201 15P PLUG KM250MA15
TRANSFORMERS
T2702 T2703 T2701 ATK1150 ATK1151 ATK1152
[Y DRIVE SCAN BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

IC2501,IC2502,IC2505,IC2510 IC2514,IC2516,IC2525 IC2503,IC2504,IC2506 HCPL-M611 HCPL-M611 TC74ACT540FT
CAPACITORS
C2701,C2735 (22F/315V) C2706,C2725,C2737 C2709,C2718,C2720,C2739,C2745 C2708 C2740 C2704 C2715 C2746 C2723,C2751 C2712 C2711 C2705,C2713,C2714,C2719 C2721,C2722,C2724,C2727,C2729 C2731,C2733,C2736,C2742,C2743 C2747-C2749 C2728,C2730 C2707,C2738 ACH1345 CEHAT101M16 CEHAT101M25 CEHAT101M2A CEHAT101M2C CEHAT221M25 CEHAT331M16 CEHAT331M25 CEHAT470M16 CEHAT471M35 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB104K16 CKSRYB104K16 CKSRYB104K16 CKSRYB104K16 CKSRYB471K50 CKSRYF104Z50
COILS
L2501-L2503 LFEA100J
CAPACITORS
C2506,C2527 C2502 C2524,C2525 C2501,C2503-C2505,C2507,C2508 C2513,C2517 CEHAT220M2D CEHAT221M16 CEHAT470M16 CKSRYF104Z50 CKSRYF104Z50
RESISTORS
R2502,R2504 Other Resistors RAB4C101J RS1/16S J
OTHERS
CN2501,CN2502 15P CONNECTOR AKM1200
RESISTORS
VR2702,VR2703 (1k) VR2701 (2.2k) R2735,R2791 R2780 R2715,R2728,R2733 R2787 R2766 R2785 R2777,R2786 R2776 R2705,R2706,R2709,R2710,R2778 R2781 R2783 R2734,R2736 R2779 R2773 R2784 R2782 R2744-R2746,R2748-R2753 R2711,R2716,R2767,R2770 R2788,R2792 R2771,R2772 R2712 Other Resistors ACP1089 ACP1090 RS1/16S1000F RS1/16S1103F RS1/16S1201F RS1/16S1302F RS1/16S1501F RS1/16S1503F RS1/16S1802F RS1/16S2702F RS1/16S3002F RS1/16S3002F RS1/16S4701F RS1/16S4702F RS1/16S5102F RS1/16S5601F RS1/16S5602F RS1/16S6801F RS1/16S9102F RS1/2S102J RS1/2S561J RS1/2S823J RS3LMF272J RS1/16S J
[Y DRIVE DD-CON BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

IC2715-IC2717 IC2709 IC2708,IC2710,IC2718 IC2711 IC2701 IC2704 IC2702,IC2703,IC2705-IC2707 IC2712-IC2714 Q2701,Q2703 Q2704 D2712,D2717,D2718,D2732,D2734 D2736,D2737 D2704,D2706,D2707,D2715,D2726 D2728 D2711 D2702,D2714,D2727 AN1431M HCNR201 M5223AFP MIP0223SC MIP161 MIP301 TLP181(GR) TLP181(GR) 2SC2712 HN1A01FU 1SS355 1SS355 D1FL20U(S) D1FL20U(S) D1FS4 EC11FS4
PDP-433CMX
59
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
SLOT CONNECTOR ASSY

OTHERS
CN8102 SOCKET 120P AKP1219 CN8101 PCI SOCKET 120P AKP1220 KN8101,KN8102 GROUND PLATE ANK1664
COILS
L8901 CHOKE COIL (100H/0.45A) ATH1074 L8902,L8903 COIL (22H/0.11A) ATH1081
CAPACITORS
C8906 C8922 C8904 C8908 C8907 C8902,C8905,C8909-C8917 C8920,C8921 CCSRCH101J50 CEHV100M16 CEHV100M35 CEHV470M16 CEVNP2R2M35 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
SUB ADDRESS A ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
IC8801,IC8802,IC8804 IC8803 Q8802 Q8804,Q8805,Q8808 Q8806 D8801-D8803,D8809 D8806,D8807 D8808 D8804 M5223AFP TC74VHC74FT 2SA1163 2SC2712 2SK209 1SS355 DA227 UDZ27B UDZS5.1B
RESISTORS
R8906,R8907,R8937,R8938,R8941 R8958 R8928,R8929,R8932,R8946,R8964 R8926,R8927,R8939,R8940 R8933 R8959 R8901,R8902 R8903-R8905 Other Resistors RS1/16S1002D RS1/16S1202D RS1/16S2202D RS1/16S4701D RS1/16S4702F RS1/16S5602F RS1/2S1R5J RS1/2S2R2J RS1/16S J
COILS
L8801 CHOKE COIL (100H/0.45A) ATH1074 L8802,L8803 COIL (22H/0.11A) ATH1081
CAPACITORS
C8806 C8822 C8804 C8808 C8807 C8802,C8805,C8809-C8817 C8820,C8821 CCSRCH101J50 CEHV100M16 CEHV100M35 CEHV470M16 CEVNP2R2M35 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
OTHERS
CN8903 CN8901 CN8902 23P CONNECTOR PH CONNECTOR PH CONNECTOR AKM1205 S3B-PH-SM3 S8B-PH-SM3
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY

[INTERFACE BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS
IC1001-IC1008 TC74VHC541FT
RESISTORS
R8806,R8807,R8837,R8838,R8841 R8858 R8828,R8829,R8832,R8846,R8864 R8826,R8827,R8839,R8840 R8833 R8859 R8801,R8802 R8803-R8805 Other Resistors RS1/16S1002D RS1/16S1202D RS1/16S2202D RS1/16S4701D RS1/16S4702F RS1/16S5602F RS1/2S1R5J RS1/2S2R2J RS1/16S J
FILTERS
F1001-F1006 EMI FILTER ATF1194
CAPACITORS
C1001-C1008 CKSRYF104Z16
RESISTORS
R1044 R1001-R1007,R1036,R1063-R1069 R1008-R1017,R1019,R1020,R1027 R1032,R1034,R1035,R1037,R1038 R1040-R1043,R1048,R1049 R1051-R1054 Other Resistors RAB4C101J RAB4C103J RAB4C470J RAB4C470J RAB4C470J RAB4C470J RS1/16S J
OTHERS
CN8803 CN8801 CN8802 23P CONNECTOR PH CONNECTOR PH CONNECTOR AKM1205 S3B-PH-SM3 S8B-PH-SM3
SUB ADDRESS B ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
IC8901,IC8902,IC8904 IC8903 Q8902 Q8904,Q8905,Q8908 Q8906 D8901-D8903,D8909 D8906,D8907 D8908 D8904 M5223AFP TC74VHC74FT 2SA1163 2SC2712 2SK209 1SS355 DA227 UDZ27B UDZS5.1B
OTHERS
CN1003,CN1004 50P CONNECTOR K1001 TEST PIN CN1001 PH CONNECTOR AKM1201 AKX9002 B12B-PH-SM3
60
PDP-433CMX
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
[PANEL UCOM BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

IC1101 IC1103 IC1102 Q1101,Q1103 D1101 HD64F2328VF NC7SZ08P5 PST9228N DTC143EK AEL1171
OTHERS
X1201 CERAMIC RESONATOR ASS1159 (16MHz) CN1203 PH CONNECTOR B3B-PH-SM3 CN1201,CN1202 8P PLUG CKS3130
CAPACITORS
C1123,C1124 C1101 C1102,C1109,C1110,C1112-C1116 C1129-C1132 C1117,C1121 C1120 C1103-C1108,C1111,C1118,C1119 C1122,C1125-C1128 CCSRCH7R0D50 CEV101M4 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
[DIGITAL BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

IC1802 IC1704 IC1301,IC1401 IC1703 IC1501,IC1502,IC1601,IC1602 IC1702,IC1801 IC1803 IC1701 D1301-D1305 FS781BZB NC7SZ08P5 PD6358A PE5064A TC74VCX541FT TC74VHC541FT TC74VHC74FT TC74VHCT541AFT 1SS226
RESISTORS
R1104,R1107,R1110,R1113,R1114 R1116,R1121,R1124,R1127,R1129 R1128 Other Resistors RAB4C472J RAB4C472J RD1/4PU473J RS1/16S J
FILTERS
F1301-F1304,F1501-F1505 EMI FILTER F1601-F1605 EMI FILTER ATF1194 ATF1194
OTHERS
K1101-K1104,K1107,K1108 AKX9002 TEST PIN X1101 CERAMIC RESONATOR ASS1160 (25MHz)
CAPACITORS
C1807 C1802 C1306,C1322,C1406,C1422,C1711 C1806 C1504-C1508,C1604-C1608,C1712 C1303-C1305,C1307-C1321 C1323-C1336,C1403-C1405 C1407-C1421,C1423-C1436,C1501 C1503,C1601,C1603,C1701-C1710 C1713,C1803-C1805 CCSRCH271J50 CEV100M16 CEV101M4 CEV101M4 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
[MODULE UCOM BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

IC1204 IC1208 IC1202 IC1201 IC1205 IC1203 IC1206 D1201,D1202 24LC04B(I)SN PST9246N TC74VHC08FT TC74VHC21FT TC74VHC541FT TC74VHCT541AFT TC7W126FU 1SS355
CAPACITORS
R1502,R1517,R1606,R1622 R1307,R1310-R1315,R1317,R1318 R1321,R1322,R1326-R1344,R1407 R1410-R1415,R1417,R1418 R1421,R1422,R1426-R1444 R1501,R1514,R1607,R1627,R1701 R1703-R1709,R1712-R1717 R1551,R1552 Other Resistors RAB4C101J RAB4C220J RAB4C220J RAB4C220J RAB4C220J RAB4C470J RAB4C470J RS1/2S680J RS1/16S
CAPACITORS
C1213,C1243-C1245 C1235,C1236 C1225,C1232 C1201-C1203,C1206-C1211 C1214-C1216,C1218,C1219 C1223,C1224,C1226,C1227,C1229 C1237,C1238,C1241,C1242,C1247 C1234 C1233 C1204,C1205,C1212,C1217 C1221,C1222,C1228,C1230,C1231 C1239,C1240,C1246,C1248-C1250 CCSRCH470J50 CCSRCH7R0D50 CEV470M6R3 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
OTHERS
X1801 CRYSTAL RESONATOR ASS1146 (50.000MHz) CN1701 50P CONNECTOR AKM1201 CN1501,CN1502,CN1504,CN1505 AKM1202 55P CONNECTOR CN1601,CN1602,CN1604,CN1605 55P CONNECTOR K1301,K1302,K1308,K1311-K1314 TEST PIN K1316,K1321,K1324,K1326-K1331 TEST PIN AKM1202 AKX9002 AKX9002
RESISTORS
R1209,R1214,R1245 R1242 R1207 R1213,R1216 Other Resistors RAB4C101J RAB4C103J RAB4C123J RAB4C473J RS1/16S
PDP-433CMX
61
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
AKX9002 AKX9002 B8B-PH-SM3 CKS3130 KF050HA30L
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
K1333,K1501,K1502,K1601,K1602 TEST PIN K1728,K1729 TEST PIN CN1503,CN1603 PH CONNECTOR CN1301 8P PLUG CN1702 30P CONNECTOR
[RGB I/O BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

IC4110 IC4108 IC4107,IC4111 IC4104 IC4103,IC4105 IC4109 IC4101,IC4102 Q4114 Q4102 Q4103,Q4117 Q4104-Q4106,Q4108,Q4111,Q4112 Q4101,Q4113 Q4115,Q4116 D4111 D4105-D4107,D4114-D4116 D4119,D4120 D4121 D4110 D4108,D4109,D4112,D4113 D4122,D4123 24LCS21A BA7657F LT1399CS TA7630P TC4052BF TC74VHCT541AFT UPC4570G2 2SC2412K DTA143EK DTC143EK HN1B04FU HN1C01FU UMY1N 1SS184 1SS226 1SS226 1SS352 RD6.8MB UDZS5.6B UDZS5.6B
[D-D CONVERTER BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

Q1902,Q1905,Q1907 Q1903 Q1901,Q1904,Q1906 D1903-D1906,D1911,D1912 D1908 D1902,D1909 D1907 D1901 2SC2712 DTC143EK HN1C01FU 1SS355 HZU2.2B UDZ3.6B UDZS5.1B UDZS6.8B
CAPACITORS
C1904,C1906,C1912 CEV220M16 C1901-C1903,C1905,C1907-C1911 CKSRYF104Z16
RESISTORS
R1935,R1936 Other Resistors RS1/2S680J RS1/16S J
SWITCH
S4101 ASH1029
OTHERS
K1901-K1906 TEST PIN 1901 DC-DC CONVERTER CN1901 PH CONNECTOR AKX9002 AXY1060 B13B-PH-SM3
CAPACITORS
C4144,C4145,C4155,C4156 C4109,C4117 C4166 C4137,C4161,C4169 C4120,C4124,C4135,C4136 C4139,C4140,C4143,C4150 C4153,C4154,C4157,C4174-C4176 C4167 C4101,C4104,C4106,C4110,C4111 C4114,C4118,C4127,C4165 PQ05DZ11 PQ09DZ11 PQ12DZ11 PQ3DZ13 TA79L05F C4170,C4171 C4129,C4130,C4133,C4134,C4142 C4149,C4151,C4152,C4177-C4179 C4108,C4116 C4146 C4125,C4126 C4107,C4119,C4121-C4123,C4128 C4147,C4158-C4160,C4162-C4164 C4168,C4180-C4182 CCSRCH220J50 CCSRCH221J50 CEHAT100M50 CEHAT101M10 CEHAT470M16 CEHAT470M16 CEHAT470M16 CEHAT4R7M50 CKSQYB105K10 CKSQYB105K10 CKSQYB105K10 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB222K50 CKSRYB471K50 CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
I/O ASSY
[I/O BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS
IC4003 IC4002 IC4004 IC4005,IC4006 IC4001
CAPACITORS
C4027 C4012,C4020,C4024 C4008 C4001,C4004,C4005,C4009,C4013 C4016,C4017 C4002,C4003,C4006,C4007 C4010,C4011,C4014,C4015 C4018,C4019,C4022,C4023 C4026 CEHAT100M50 CEHAT101M10 CEHAT101M16 CEHAT470M16 CEHAT470M16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF105Z10
RESISTORS
R4188-R4190 R4271-R4273 R4185,R4186,R4213,R4214 R4165,R4166,R4180,R4210-R4212 R4262,R4263 Other Resistors RS1/16S1001F RS1/16S1101F RS1/16S2201F RS1/16S75R0F RS1/2S750J RS1/16S J
RESISTORS
R4001,R4003,R4004,R4007 R4002 RS1MMF1R0J RS1MMF8R2J
OTHERS
CN4101,CN4102 AKN1069 STEREO MINI JACK CN4103,CN4104 D-SUB SOCKET AKP1214 CN4105 BNC SOCKET AKX1055
OTHERS
CN4002 15P PLUG KM200NA15
62
PDP-433CMX
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
CEHAT101M10 CFTLA105J50 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB104K16 CKSRYB104K16 CKSRYB105K6R3 CKSRYB184K10 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
RGB ASSY
[MATRIX BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS
IC4402 IC4403 IC4404 Q4407-Q4409 Q4413 Q4412 Q4404 Q4410 D4401 CXA2101AQ ML6426CS-1 NJM072BM-E 2SA1037K 2SC2412K HN1A01FU HN1B04FU HN1C01FU 1SS226
C4651,C4652,C4656,C4668 C4622 C4662 C4608,C4619,C4627,C4628 C4634,C4635,C4639,C4640 C4610,C4647 C4675 C4601,C4605,C4606,C4609 C4611-C4613,C4616-C4618 C4624,C4625,C4629-C4633
C4636,C4637,C4641-C4646 CKSRYF104Z16 C4648-C4650,C4653-C4655 CKSRYF104Z16 C4657-C4661,C4663,C4677-C4679 CKSRYF104Z16
CAPACITORS
C4406,C4412,C4458 C4405 C4456 C4437,C4451-C4453 C4407,C4409,C4410,C4428,C4429 C4431,C4432,C4434-C4436,C4445 C4448 C4421-C4423,C4426 C4408 C4411,C4414-C4418,C4420,C4424 C4427,C4430,C4433,C4438-C4444 C4446,C4447,C4449,C4450,C4455 C4457 CEHAT100M50 CEHAT101M16 CEHAT470M16 CKSQYB105K10 CKSQYB474K16 CKSQYB474K16 CKSQYB474K16 CKSRYB104K16 CKSRYB222K50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
RESISTORS
R4612,R4623,R4625,R4629,R4632 R4636,R4639,R4641,R4643,R4647 R4653,R4657 R4635 R4630 R4676,R4715 R4626 R4631 VR4701 (4.7k) Other Resistors RAB4C101J RAB4C101J RAB4C101J RN1/16SE3001D RS1/16S2201F RS1/16S2204F RS1/16S2701F RS1/16S3301F ACP1091 RS1/16S J
[SYNC CONTROL BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

IC4802 IC4801 IC4803 Q4806 Q4808,Q4809 Q4803 Q4807 Q4802 D4807,D4808 D4801,D4802 M52346SP NJM2234M PDY077E 2SC2412K DTC124EK HN1A01FU HN1B04FU HN1C01FU 1SS184 1SS226
RESISTORS
R4422,R4425,R4426 R4483 R4476 R4448 R4437 R4494 R4482 R4455 R4489 Other Resistors RAB4C103J RS1/16S1003F RS1/16S1004F RS1/16S2202F RS1/16S2204F RS1/16S3901F RS1/16S4701F RS1/16S4702F RS1/16S5601F RS1/16S J
FILTERS
F4801,F4802 EMI FILTER ATF1194
[AD/PLL/AMP BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

IC4603 IC4605 IC4604 IC4601 IC4602 Q4601,Q4602 Q4608 Q4607 Q4604-Q4606 Q4603 D4601-D4605 CXA3516R NJM072BM-E TC74HC4066AF TC74LCX125FT TC7WH04FU 2SC2412K 2SK208 DTC124EK HN1B04FU HN1C01FU 1SS355
CAPACITORS
C4863,C4864 C4801,C4805 C4821,C4833 C4804 C4807,C4810,C4823 C4812,C4844 C4803,C4806,C4815 C4817,C4822 C4816 C4829 C4802,C4808,C4811,C4813,C4814 C4819,C4820,C4830,C4831,C4836 C4839,C4842,C4843,C4850,C4861 C4860 CCSRCH151J50 CCSRCH220J50 CCSRCH221J50 CCSRCH470J50 CEHAT100M50 CEHAT101M10 CEHAT470M16 CEHAT4R7M50 CKSQYB105K10 CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF105Z10
CAPACITORS
C4623 C4615,C4680 C4626,C4669 C4620 C4604,C4607,C4614,C4638 CCSRCH101J50 CCSRCH220J50 CCSRCH221J50 CCSRCH331J50 CEHAT101M10
PDP-433CMX
63
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
RAB4C101J RAB4C102J RAB4C152J RAB4C471J RAB4C472J RS1/16S1802F RS1/16S2702F RS1/16S4702F RS1/16S J
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
RESISTORS
R4814,R4818,R4835,R4915 R4913 R4809 R4825 R4808,R4943 R4864 R4865 R4868 Other Resistors
[IC30 BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

IC5302,IC5303 IC5301 MS82V16520-8GA PD6357B
CAPACITORS
C5301,C5308 CEHAT101M10 C5302-C5307,C5309-C5322,C5324 CKSRYF104Z16
RESISTORS
OTHERS
K4801,K4802,K4805,K4806 TEST PIN K4809,K4810 TEST PIN CN4801 8P PLUG AKX9002 AKX9002 CKS3130
OTHERS
K5314-K5317 TEST PIN AKX9002 X5301 CRYSTAL RESONATOR ASS1161 (100.00MHz)
[IP BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

IC5101,IC5103 IC5102 IC5001 MS82V16520-8GA PE5066A PE5067A
[MAIN UCOM BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

IC5502 IC5504,IC5509 IC5512 IC5511 IC5510 IC5503 IC5501 IC5506,IC5507 Q5501 Q5502,Q5503 Q5504 24LC64(I)SN 74VHCT00AMTC LM50CIM3 M5223AFP PST9246N TC74VHC541FT TC74VHCT541AFT TC7W126FU 2SJ461 DTA143EK HN1A01FU
CAPACITORS
C5017,C5121 C5006 C5015,C5016 C5001-C5005,C5007-C5013 C5101-C5120 CCSRCH220J50 CEHAT101M10 CEHAT221M6R3 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
RESISTORS
OTHERS
5002 5001 HEATSINK FOR IC HEAT SINK L FOR IC ANH1574 ANH1576
CAPACITORS
C5512,C5513,C5521,C5534 C5526,C5527 C5545 C5528,C5533 C5507,C5508,C5511,C5518,C5522 C5529-C5531,C5536,C5537 C5535,C5538,C5539 C5524 C5525 C5502-C5505,C5509,C5514-C5517 C5519,C5520,C5523,C5532 C5542-C5544 CCSRCH220J50 CCSRCH7R0D50 CEHAT100M50 CEHAT470M16 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB221K50 CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF103Z50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF105Z10
[DIGITAL SELECT BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

IC5201-IC5207 TC74LCX541FT
CAPACITORS
C5201-C5207 CKSRYF104Z16
RESISTORS
R5213 R5201-R5212,R5215,R5217 Other Resistors RAB4C103J RAB4C470J RS1/16S J
RESISTORS
R5503,R5509,R5510 R5535 R5504,R5526 R5569 R5571 R5566 R5563 Other Resistors RAB4C101J RAB4C103J RAB4C473J RS1/16S1001F RS1/16S1800F RS1/16S3001F RS1/16S5101F RS1/16S J
OTHERS
J5203 J5204 CN5201 10P HOUSING WIRE 11P HOUSING WIRE 120P PLUG ADX2706 ADX2781 AKM1203
OTHERS
CN5506 30P PLUG AKM1204 K5501,K5502,K5508-K5510,K5512 AKX9002 TEST PIN K5515,K5516,K5518 TEST PIN AKX9002 X5501 CERAMIC RESONATOR ASS1159 (16MHZ) CN5501,CN5502 8P PLUG CKS3130
64
PDP-433CMX
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
[WIDE UCOM BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

IC5601 IC5602 IC5604 IC5603 IC5605 IC5607,IC5608 HD64F2328VF MBM29LV400TC-90PFTN NC7SZ08P5 PST9228N TC7SH32FU TC7WH74FU CCSRCH102J50 CCSRCH7R0D50 CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF103Z50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
CAPACITORS
C8602,C8617 C8606,C8607 C8610 C8605,C8613,C8614 C8609,C8615,C8622 C8611,C8618 C8612,C8619 C8616,C8621 C8625 C8623,C8624 C8601,C8608 CEAT101M16 CEAT101M25 CEAT221M16 CEAT470M35 CEAT471M25 CEAT4R7M50 CKSQYF105Z16 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB222K50 CKSRYB473K50 CKSRYF103Z50
CAPACITORS
C5601 C5615,C5616 C5611 C5612 C5604,C5606,C5608,C5610,C5613 C5617-C5619
RESISTORS RESISTORS
R5603,R5604 Other Resistors RAB4C103J RS1/16S J R8633,R8634 R8625,R8632 R8624,R8631 Other Resistors RD1/2MMF100J RD1/2MMF152J RD1/4MUF100J RS1/16S J
OTHERS
X5601 CERAMIC RESONATOR ASS1160 (25MHz)
[FAN DRIVE BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

IC8703 IC8702 IC8701 Q8702 Q8701 74VHCT00AMTC M5223AFP PQ20WZ11 2SC2712 HN1A01FU
[DIGITAL I/F BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS

IC5701 IC5702 D5701 TC7WH123FU TC7WH74FU 1SS352
CAPACITORS
C8703 C8704,C8707,C8711 C8708,C8709,C8712 C8706,C8710 C8705 CEAT100M50 CEAT101M16 CEAT470M35 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF105Z10
CAPACITORS
C5703 C5701,C5702 CCSRCH471J50 CKSRYF104Z16
RESISTORS
R5701-R5707,R5709,R5712-R5719 R5721 R5730 Other Resistors RAB4C101J RAB4C101J RS1/16S1003F RS1/16S J
RESISTORS
R8715-R8717,R8720 R8703 R8707 R8712 R8710 Other Resistors AKM1201 RS1/16S1001F RS1/16S3001F RS1/16S5101F RS1/16S8200F RS3LMF2R7J RS1/16S J
OTHERS
CN5701,CN5702 50P CONNECTOR
OTHERS
CN8704,CN8705 CONNECTOR 3P B3B-ZR-3.4 CN8703 PH CONNECTOR B6B-PH-SM3
MX AUDIO ASSY
[MX AUDIO BLOCK] SEMICONDUCTORS
IC8601 Q8602 Q8603,Q8605,Q8607 Q8606 Q8601 Q8604 BA5417 2SA1037K 2SC2412K DTC143EK HN1B04FU RN1901
KEY CONTROL ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
IC8001 IC8002 Q8002 Q8001 Q8003 D8009,D8010 D8001-D8008 DS14C232CM TC74HC00AF 2SC2712 HN1A01FU RN1901 1SS355 UDZ15B
COILS
L8602,L8603 AF CHOKE COIL L8601 CHIP CHOKE COIL ATH-059 ATH9003
COIL
L8001 LCTA221J3225
PDP-433CMX
65
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
CEAT1R0M50 CEAT470M16 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB472K50
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
CAPACITORS
C8001,C8002,C8005,C8006 C8003,C8010 C8004,C8007,C8008 C8009
SP OUT R ASSY
COILS
L8176,L8177 CHOKE COIL ATH1073
RESISTORS
R8006 Other Resistors RAB4C102J RS1/16S J
CAPACITORS
C8182,C8183 C8179 C8176,C8178 C8180 C8177 CCSRCH101J50 CCSRSL221J50 CKSRYB332K50 CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF473Z50
OTHERS
CN8001,CN8002 MINI JACK CN8003 9P D-SUB SOCKET CN8004,CN8005 6P MINI DIN SOCKET CN8007 PH CONNECTOR AKN1070 AKP1213 AKP1215 B6B-PH-SM3
RESISTORS
R8178,R8179 Other Resistors RD1/2MMF100J RS1/16S J
OTHERS
SP OUT L ASSY
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC8151 IC8152 Q8151 LM50CIM3 M5223AFP HN1A01FU
CN8176 CN8177
2P SPEAKER TERMINAL
PH CONNECTOR
AKE1059 B3B-PH-SM3
SIDE KEY ASSY

SWITCHES
S8251-S8261 ASG1088
COILS
L8151,L8152 CHOKE COIL ATH1073
OTHERS
CN8251 8P FFC CONNECTOR AKM1207
CAPACITORS
C8163,C8164 C8154 C8162 C8159 C8151,C8153 C8155 C8157,C8161 C8158,C8160 C8152 CCSRCH101J50 CCSRSL221J50 CEAT470M16 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB332K50 CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF105Z10 CKSRYF473Z50
THERMAL SENSOR ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
IC8351 IC8352 LM50CIM3 M5223AFP
CAPACITORS
C8356 C8354 C8351,C8355 C8352,C8353 CEV470M6R3 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF105Z10
RESISTORS
R8153,R8154 R8164 R8160 R8165 R8159 Other Resistors RD1/2MMF100J RS1/16S1001F RS1/16S1800F RS1/16S3001F RS1/16S5101F RS1/16S J
RESISTORS
R8354,R8358 Other Resistors RS1/16S1001F RS1/16S J
OTHERS
CN8151 CN8152
2P SPEAKER TERMINAL
PH CONNECTOR
AKE1059 B6B-PH-SM3
MX LED ASSY
SEMICONDUCTOR
D8501 AEL1170
OTHERS
CN8501 PH CONNECTOR S3B-PH-SM3
66
PDP-433CMX
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
IR ASSY
SEMICONDUCTORS
Q8551 D8552 D8551 2SC2712 1SS226 1SS355
CAPACITORS
C8551 C8553 C8552 C8554 CEV470M6R3 CKSQYB472K50 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYF104Z16
RESISTORS
OTHERS
8551 REMOTE RECEIVER UNIT GP1UM26RK
KEY CONNECTOR ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
IC8301 Q8301 D8304-D8310 D8301,D8303 D8302 PD5719A 2SC2712 1SS226 1SS355 RD3.0MB
CAPACITORS
C8303 C8304 C8301,C8302,C8305 CEAT2R2M50 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB472K50
RESISTORS
R8315 Other Resistors RAB4C182J RS1/16S J
OTHERS
CN8302 CN8301 X8301 8P FFC CONNECTOR PH CONNECTOR CERALOCK (3.84MHz) AKM1207 B4B-PH-SM3 ASS1162
PDP-433CMX
67
6. ADJUSTMENT
6.1 SERVICE FACTORY MODE
A
Commands in Service Factory mode must be issued using the remote control unit (AXD1459) supplied with the Plasma Display.
6.1.1 STATE TRANSITION DIAGRAM

Normal Operation Mode At standby
(within 3 sec.) MENU key (AA8B) SET key (AA8A) STAND BY/ON key (AA1C) STANDBY/ON (AA1C) POWER OFF (AA1B) POF
FACTORY (AA5F)
FACTORY (AA5F) MENU (AA8B) KEY LOCK
Service Factory Mode
INFORMATION mode
Factory default screen C
Audio system switch (AAD3-AF70) or Display call (AA4A)
MUTING key (AA49)
RANGE CHECK mode
Front surround (AA1D) This mode is not used for service.
Switching function Mode change of input signal Execute Final Setup D
MUTING key (AA49)
MUTING key (AA49)
REFERENCE mode
AV selection (AA59) or Standard/AV memory (AA43) Common adjustment of each signal input MUTING key (AA49)
OFFSET mode
Double audio (AA1E) Adjustment of the signal input side. MUTING key (AA49)
VIDEO OPTION mode
SCREEN SIZE (AAD3-AF3C) MUTING key (AA49)
INITIALIZE mode
Full auto zoom (AAD3-AF36) or P. ZOOM (AAD3-AF22)
68
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
AXD1459 (PDP-503CMX/PDP-433CMX)
POWER POWER MENU SCREEN SIZE SET DISPLAY CALL SURROUND MODE AUDIO AV MEMORY MPX MUTE SOUND VOLUME MUTE MENU SURROUND MODE AUDIO SOUND VOLUME AV SELECT MPX
E
DISPLAY CALL FULL AUTO ZOOM
SCREEN SIZE FULL AUTO ZOOM
SET
AXD1432 (PDP-501HD)
AXD1673 (PDP-502HD)
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
69
Notes on Operation with the Remote Control Unit

In this manual, keys that are not on the remote control unit (AXD1459) supplied with the Plasma Display are designated as direct-select keys. To select items in Service Factory mode with the AXD1459, press the following keys as many times as required: For selection of main items: MUTE key For selection of other items: 5 (UP) or (DOWN) key
Change of Settings When Entering Service Factory Mode

1 Settings of MENU mode
B
The settings for PICTURE items are reset to the center values. Note: The PICTURE adjustment values to be reset are limited to the following: For VIDEO: Those for the current signal mode of the selected input function For a PC: Tables A-H are reset according to the history of the input signal mode All settings for SCREEN items are reset to the center values. Note: The SCREEN adjustment values to be reset are only those for the current signal mode of the selected input function. This is because the adjustment values of the MENU mode can be reset to the center values by executing FINAL SETUP or PICTUREDEFAULT. The settings for SETUP and OPTION of the MENU mode are maintained, except for the following: COLOR TEMP: It is reset to MIDDLE. AUTO POWER OFF/POWER MANAGEMENT: The settings are maintained, but these functions do not work.
2 Adjustment values of the Integrator mode

The following adjustment values for PICTURE and WHITE BAL are reset to the default values: Note: The PICTURE and WHITE BAL adjustment values to be reset are limited to the following: For VIDEO: Those for the current signal mode of the selected input function For a PC: Tables A-H are reset according to the history of the input signal mode. The SCREEN settings are maintained. The settings for SETUP and OPTION of the Integrator menu are maintained, except for the following: SIDE MASK LEVEL: The adjustment values are reset to the default values. FULL MASK that has been set in Integrator mode: Released OFF TIMER: Released The COLOR MODE (Integrator menu) settings that have been set in the Integrator menu are maintained.
3 Others
If the input signal mode is changed in Service Factory mode, settings are changed according to the input signal mode, Service Factory mode is maintained, and its default display (INFORMATION VERSION) appears. Note: When the input signal mode is changed, settings are reset as shown in 1 and 2 above. If FUNCTION switching is executed in Service Factory mode, the function is switched to the selected one, Service Factory mode is maintained, and its default display (INFORMATION VERSION) appears. Note: When the FUNCTION is changed, settings are reset as shown in 1 and 2 above. The COLOR DETECT setting is performed based on the COLOR SYSTEM selected in MENU mode. Only the data at addresses 0100 to 01FF of the module microcomputer/EEPROM are copied (updated) to the module microcomputer area of the main microcomputer EEPROM. Various panel protection functions (still-picture detection, block-brightness detection, SCAN IC protection function) are deactivated. Note: The protection functions are kept deactivated even after you exit Service Factory mode. To reactivate these functions, after exiting Service Factory mode, be sure to turn the power off, then back on. While there is no input, The partial setting, or while incompatible PC signals are input, settings that are not dependent on the signal mode can be performed. (For the MASK setting, see "MASK 1," and "MASK 2.") The setting items that are dependent on the input signal mode are grayed on the display and cannot be changed.
70
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
6.1.2 TABLE OF ADJUSTMENT ITEMS IN SERVICE FACTORY

A
SLOT
Name YDL YOUTLEV CD TINT CrOFFSET CbOFFSET EXP R-Y_LEVEL B-Y_LEVEL OSD Display Name Y-DELAY Y-OUT LEVEL CD TINT CDR OFFSET CDB OFFSET R-Y LEVEL B-Y LEVEL RS-232C Command YDL YOL CTI CDR CDB LRY LBY Service Factory Operation REF/OFS-SLOT-1 REF/OFS-SLOT-2 REF/OFS-SLOT-3 REF/OFS-SLOT-4 REF/OFS-SLOT-5 REF/OFS-SLOT-6 REF/OFS-SLOT-7 Adjustment Range [OFFSET Reference Value] 0 to 15 [8] 0 to 63 [32] 0 to 63 [32] 0 to 15 [8] 0 to 15 [8] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128]
RGB1
Name PICTURE MATRIX BRIGHT COLOR HUE MAINCONTRAST SUBRCONTRAST SUBGCONTRAST AD SUBBCONTRAST BRIGHTR BRIGHTG BRIGHTB OSD Display Name MAT CONT MAT BRIGHT MAT COLOR MAT TINT AD MAIN CONT AD R HIGH AD G HIGH AD B HIGH AD R LOW AD G LOW AD B LOW RS-232C Command MCT MBR MCL MTI MCA GHA BHA RHA GLA BLA RLA Service Factory Operation REF/OFS-RGB1-1 REF/OFS-RGB1-2 REF/OFS-RGB1-3 REF/OFS-RGB1-4 REF/OFS-RGB1-5 REF/OFS-RGB1-6 REF/OFS-RGB1-7 REF/OFS-RGB1-8 REF/OFS-RGB1-9 REF/OFS-RGB1-10 REF/OFS-RGB1-11 Adjustment Range [OFFSET Reference Value] 0 to 63 [32] 0 to 63 [32] 0 to 63 [32] 0 to 63 [32] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128]
RGB2
Name IC102 W/B COLOR TINT MCONTRAST MBRIGHT R HIGH IC30 W/B G HIGH B HIGH R LOW G LOW B LOW OSD Display Name COLOR TINT CONTRAST BRIGHT R. HIGH G. HIGH B. HIGH R. LOW G. LOW B. LOW RS-232C Command COL TNT CNT BRT RHI GHI BHI RLW GLW BLW Service Factory Operation REF/OFS-RGB2-1 REF/OFS-RGB2-2 REF/OFS-RGB2-3 REF/OFS-RGB2-4 REF/OFS-RGB2-5 REF/OFS-RGB2-6 REF/OFS-RGB2-7 REF/OFS-RGB2-8 REF/OFS-RGB2-9 REF/OFS-RGB2-10 Adjustment Range [OFFSET Reference Value] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128]
DIGITAL
Name PANEL R-HIGH PANEL G-HIGH PANEL B-HIGH PANEL R-LOW PANEL G-LOW PANEL B-LOW DIGITAL ABL LEVEL X-SUS-B X-SUS-G Y-SUS-B Y-SUS-G V-SUS V-OFFSET OSD Display Name PANEL R-HIGH PANEL G-HIGH PANEL B-HIGH PANEL R-LOW PANEL G-LOW PANEL B-LOW ABL LEVEL X-SUS-B X-SUS-G Y-SUS-B Y-SUS-G V-SUS V-OFFSET RS-232C Command PRH PGH PBH PRL PGL PBL ABL XSB XSG YSB YSG VSU VOF Service Factory Operation REF/OFS-DIGITAL-1 REF/OFS-DIGITAL-2 REF/OFS-DIGITAL-3 REF/OFS-DIGITAL-4 REF/OFS-DIGITAL-5 REF/OFS-DIGITAL-6 REF/OFS-DIGITAL-7 REF-DIGITAL-8 REF-DIGITAL-9 REF-DIGITAL-10 REF-DIGITAL-11 REF-DIGITAL-12 REF-DIGITAL-13 Adjustment Range [OFFSET Reference Value] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 999 [512] 0 to 999 [512] 0 to 999 [512] 0 to 255 [128] 4 to 12 4 to 12 4 to 12 4 to 12 0 to 255 0 to 255
SIDE MASK LEVEL (VIDEO OPTION)

Name R SIDE MASK LEV IC30 G SIDE MASK LEV B SIDE MASK LEV OSD Display Name R SIDE MASK LEV G SIDE MASK LEV B SIDE MASK LEV RS-232C Command RSL GSL BSL Service Factory Operation VOP-M LEV-1 VOP-M LEV-2 VOP-M LEV-3 Adjustment Range [OFFSET Reference Value] 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
71
COLOR TEMP (VIDEO OPTION)

Name IC102 COLOR TINT MCONTRAST MBRIGHT R HIGH IC30 G HIGH B HIGH R LOW G LOW B LOW OSD Display Name COLOR TINT CONTRAST BRIGHT R. HIGH G. HIGH B. HIGH R. LOW G. LOW B. LOW RS-232C Command Service Factory Operation VOP-CT-3 VOP-CT-4 VOP-CT-1 VOP-CT-2 VOP-CT-5 VOP-CT-6 VOP-CT-7 VOP-CT-8 VOP-CT-9 VOP-CT-10 Adjustment Range [OFFSET Reference Value] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128]
COLOR MODE2 (VIDEO OPTION)

Name IC102 COLOR TINT MCONTRAST MBRIGHT R HIGH IC30 G HIGH B HIGH R LOW G LOW B LOW OSD Display Name COLOR TINT CONTRAST BRIGHT R. HIGH G. HIGH B. HIGH R. LOW G. LOW B. LOW RS-232C Command Service Factory Operation VOP-CM2-3 VOP-CM2-4 VOP-CM2-1 VOP-CM2-2 VOP-CM2-5 VOP-CM2-6 VOP-CM2-7 VOP-CM2-8 VOP-CM2-9 VOP-CM2-10 Adjustment Range [OFFSET Reference Value] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128]
Calculation of Adjustment Value in Service Factory Mode

An actual adjustment value in Service Factory mode is the addition of the REFERENCE adjustment value and OFFSET adjustment value, subtracted by the OFFSET reference value (values indicated in brackets in the above tables). Note: As for the items that do not have OFFSET adjustment values (R SIDE MASK LEV, G SIDE MASK LEV, as well B SIDE MASK LEV of the SIDE MASK LEVEL items, and X-SUS-B, X-SUS-G, Y-SUS-B, Y-SUS-G, V-SUS, and V-OFFSET of the DIGITAL items), the REFERENCE adjustment value becomes the actual adjustment value. As for COLOR MODE 2 and COLOR TEMP, the adjustment value of the selected mode subtracted by its OFFSET reference value (value indicated in brackets in the above tables) becomes the OFFSET value. Adding this value to the adjustment value of each adjustment item in RGB2 becomes the final adjustment value for the RGB2 devices (IC30 and IC102).
Actual Calculation Examples

Each adjustment value of SLOT/ RGB1/RGB2/DIGITAL (REFERENCE value) + { (OFFSET value) [OFFSET reference value] } ... Calculation of a value to be added as OFFSET COLOR MODE2 OFFSET value { (COLOR MODE2 adjustment value) - [OFFSET reference value] } ... Calculation of a value to be added as OFFSET for COLOR MODE2 Note: Add it only when COLOR MODE2 is selected. COLOR TEMP OFFSET value {(COLOR TEMP adjustment value) - [OFFSET reference value] } ... Calculation of a value to be added as OFFSET for COLOR TEMP Note: Add it only when COLOR TEMP 1,2,4, or 5 is selected. Perform the addition in the normal operation, menu mode and COLOR TEMP adjustment mode of the Service Factory mode (in item VIDEO OPTION), and add the OFFSET value of the selected setting. The addition of the COLOR TEMP OFFSET value is not needed in Integrator mode or in Service Factory mode (except for COLOR TEMP adjustment mode,) because the unit operates with the COLOR TEMP 3 settings.
F
72
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
6.1.3 DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE FACTORY MENU DISPLAY
1. In Adjustment Item
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
OF S S L O T
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
Display color : White Halftone : Blue (second line/15th line for each 1st to 32th columns) When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "" ()", and the item indication is grayed.
10
B
15 16
Y DE L AY
: ( )
Second line / 2nd to 12th columns Second line / 2nd to 3rd columns Second line / 5th to 12th columns Second line / 15th to 16th columns Second line / 18th to 19th columns Slot Type or Model Type
Display
: Display the higher layer of selection item In Service Factory mode : Display the ID No. In RS-232C Factory mode : Display the higher layer of selection item In RS-232C Factory mode : Current color mode setting : Current slot type PDP-503PRO and PRO-1 000HD
US Slot Manufactured by Other Vender T1 to T8
PDA-5002
S1
No SLOT
NO
C
Second line / 21th to 23th columns : Current function Second line / 25th to 28th columns : Current signal mode Second line / 28th columns : Current Screen size (See "Classification of input signal" for details in each value.) Signal mode displays for mode 03, mode 31, mode E1, mode 61 or mode 71 Setting Signal Mode Display
VIDEO VGA WVGA XGA WXGA 03 31 E1 61 71
Signal mode displays for mode 12 or mode 13 HDTV Mode Setting (Integrator Menu) Signal Mode Display
1080i 1035i 12 13
Display in the no signal and incompatible signal

Signal Mode Display FB FC FD FE FF Signal Definition OUT OF RANGE (Signal that cannot be measured with the main microcomputer) OUT OF RANGE (Video system signal without video signal) OUT OF RANGE (Incompatible signal at DVI input) OUT OF RANGE (Incompatible signal that is measurable with the main microcomputer, and not applicable to FC and FD) No signal
E
Second line / 29th column : Current input form Input Form Component VideoRGB Composite
Y/C
/
Display # @ Non-display (blank) excepting above form.
Second line / 30th to 31th columns : Current color system Color System NTSC PAL SECAM 4.43NTSC PAL-M PAL-N BLACK/WHITE
Display NT PL SC 4N PM PN BW Non-display (blank) in a case of a color system other than those mentioned above or when the COLOR SYSTEM setting is fixed.
15th line / 2nd to 20th columns : Current item selection 15th line / 22th to 31th columns : When RANGE CHECK is selected: Current selecting value 1. When REFERENCE is selected : Adjustment value 2. When OFFSET is selected : OFFSET value (adjustment value) * Adjustment value is REFERENCE value + OFFSET value. 3. When VIDEO OPTION is selected : No display When INITIALIZE is selected : Selected setting. (No display for an item having the lower layer.)
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
73
2. INFORMATION 1 5 10
1
15
20
25
30
32
I NFO VE RS I ON
5
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
MA I N WI DE WI DE
10
U C OM U C OM F R OM U C OM U C OM F R OM
: : : : : :
MO D U PANE PANE
15 16
Basic Operation
Display the state of each item Rem Code Key Name AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04 C AA05 AA06 AA07 AA08 AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E D AA4F AA50 AA51 AA52 AA53 AA54 AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95 E AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE AA59 AV SELECT Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX screen. AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustAA49 MUTING ment / setting screen. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BS1 BS3 BS5 BS7 BS9 BS11 BS13 BS15 5 Selection of upper items Selection of lower items Function & Display VERSION PD INFO NG INFO TEMPERATURE MEMO Display of information for each item Description Remarks Main, Wide, module and panel microcomputers : Ver Wide flash (OSD) / Panel flash (Sequence) : Ver Past eight times / Place (1st, 2nd) / Time Stamp AUDIO/FAN/MODULE/PANEL/WIDE/ MAIN IIC/MODULE IIC/DEW 1/2/3/FAN output Display MEMO
Lower Layer
INFORMATION RANGE CHECK REFERENCE OFFSET VIDEO OPTION INITIALIZE RANGE CHECK
Operating specifications
When this mode is entered, the VERSION display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys are pressed, the corresponding operation is executed. Note: The VERSION display is the default display for Service Factory mode.
74
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
3. OSD Display in INFORMATION

1 VERSION
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
I NFO VE RS I ON
5
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
MA I N WI DE WI DE
10
U C OM U C OM F R OM U C OM U C OM F R OM
: : : : : :
MO D U PANE PANE
15 16
2 PD INFO.
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
I NFO PD
5
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
I NFO 1ST X DDC ADR K Y DRV ADRES 2 ND X DDC DC DC
C
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 3 3 0 0 0 0 4 4 5 4 0 0 0 0 8H2 8H1 8H3 8H1 0H0 0H0 0H0 0H0 5M 4M 6M 5M 0M 0M 0M 0M
10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
15 16
The power down point (1st or 1st and 2nd) and an hour meter at the time of the power down are displayed. Up to eight power-downs are displayed. If the number of power-downs becomes more than 8, the latest data are added, and the oldest data are cleared.
Display details at PD INFORMATION
Display
1 2 3 4 X-DRV X-DDC Y-DRV Y-DDC
PD Point
X-DRIVE X-DC/DC CONVERTER Y-DRIVE Y-DC/DC CONVERTER 5 6 7 8
Display
ADRES ADR-K POWER DC-DC
PD Point
ADDRESS junction ADDRESS resonance Power supply DC/DC CONVERTER (DIGITAL)
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
75
3 NG INFO.
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
I NFO NG
5
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
I NFO WI DE WI DE MO D U MA I N _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
10
B
15 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
LE I I C _ _ _ _
The shutdown point is displayed. Up to eight shutdown points are displayed. If the number of shutdowns becomes more than 8, the latest data are added, and the oldest data are cleared.
Display details at NG INFO
Display
PANEL MOD IIC DEW TEMP FAN
Shutdown Point
Display
Shutdown Point
Communication failure of the panel microcomputer MODULE Communication failure of the module microcomputer Communication failure of the module IIC WIDE Wide microcomputer Condensation Abnormally high temperature Failure in fans MAIN IIC Communication failure of the main IIC AUDIO Failure in audio system
4 TEMPERATURE
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
I NFO TEM PER A T URE

5
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
T E MP 1 T EMP 2 T EMP 3
10
: 128 : 104 : 88 : 135
Indicated values are those for microcomputer A/D input or D/A output (0 to 255). Temperature sensors 1, 2 and 3 FAN
FAN
15 16
Note: Refer to "Shutdown diagnosis" in the "7.1.2 DIAGNOSIS FOR SHUTDOWN AND POWER-DOWN BY LED" to calculate real sensor temperature from each indicated value.
E
5 MEMO
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
I NFO ME MO
5
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT

10
F
15 16
76
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
4. REFERENCE
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
RE F
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
Display color : White Halftone : Blue (Second line / 15th line for each 1st to 32th columns)
10
B
15 16
RG B 1
Basic Operation
Select the adjustment table.
Rem Code AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04 AA05 AA06 AA07 AA08 AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E AA4F AA50 AA51 AA52 AA53 AA54 AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95 AA8A SET Selection of the item and shift to lower layer Key Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BS1 BS3 BS5 BS7 BS9 BS11 BS13 BS15 5 Selection of upper items Selection of lower items Function & Display RGB1 RGB2 DIGITAL SLOT Selection of the adjustment table Description Remarks
Lower Layer
? ? ? ?
AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING OFFSET /setting screen
If this setting screen is displayed when the unit is shifted from another mode, the RGB1 display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. If the unit is shifted back from a lower-layer display of this setting screen, the originally selected item will be displayed. When any of the above keys is pressed, the corresponding operation is executed. When INPUT5 (DVI) is selected, the RGB1 and SLOT items cannot be selected. (These displays are not skipped during item selection.) When a slot is not inserted, or when a slot manufactured by other vendor is inserted, the SLOT item cannot be selected. (The display is not skipped during item selection.) Items that cannot be selected are grayed on the display.
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
77
1 REFERENCE RGB1
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
R E F RG B 1
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
Display color : White Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 1st to 32th columns)
10
B
15 16
MA T
CO N T
Basic Operation
Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Rem Code Key Name Function & Display AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04
C
Description
Remark
Lower Layer
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BS1 BS3 BS5 BS7 BS9 BS11 BS13 BS15 5
MAT CONT MAT BRIGHT MAT COLOR MAT TINT AD MAIN CONT AD R HIGH AD G HIGH AD B HIGH AD R LOW AD G LOW AD B LOW Retrieval and display of the adjustment value
AA05 AA06 AA07 AA08 AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E AA4F
AA50 AA51 AA52 AA53 AA54 AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95
Selection of upper items Selection of lower items

Increasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter Decreasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter
Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING OFFSET / setting screen.
F
When this mode is entered, the MAT CONT display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "____," and the item indication is grayed.
78
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
2 REFERENCE RGB2
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
R E F RG B 2
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
B
15 16
CO N T R A S T
Basic Operation
Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Rem Code Key Name Function & Display AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04 AA05 AA06 AA07 AA08 AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E AA4F AA50 AA51 AA52 AA53 AA54 AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BS1 BS3 BS5 BS7 BS9 BS11 BS13 BS15 5 Selection of upper items Selection of lower items
Description
Remarks
Lower Layer
CONTRAST BRIGHT COLOR TINT R HIGH G HIGH B HIGH R LOW G LOW B LOW Retrieval and display of the adjustment value
Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment / AA49 MUTING OFFSET setting screen.
When this mode is entered, the CONTRAST display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "____," and the item indication is grayed.
F
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
79
3 REFERENCE DIGITAL
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
RE F D I G
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
B
15 16
PANE L
R H I GH
Basic Operation
Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Rem Code AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04
C
Key Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BS1 BS3 BS5 BS7 BS9 BS11 BS13 BS15 5
Function & Display PANEL RHIGH PANEL GHIGH PANEL BHIGH PANEL RLOW PANEL GLOW PANEL BLOW ABL LEVEL XSUSB XSUSG YSUSB YSUSG VSUS VOFFSET
Description
Remarks
Lower Layer
Retrieval and display of the adjustment value

Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING OFFSET / setting screen
F
When this mode is entered, the PANEL R-HIGH display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "____," and the item indication is grayed.
80
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
4 REFERENCE SLOT (When SLOT ST1 is connected) This mode is effective only when SLOT ST1 is connected.
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
RE F S L OT
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
B
15 16
Y DE L AY
Basic Operation
Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Rem Code AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04 AA05 AA06 AA07 AA08 AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E AA4F AA50 AA51 AA52 AA53 AA54 AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95 Key Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BS1 BS3 BS5 BS7 BS9 BS11 BS13 BS15 5 Selection of upper items Selection of lower items
Function & Display YDELAY YOUT LEVEL CD TINT CDR OFFSET CDB OFFSET RY LEVEL BY LEVEL
Description
Remarks
Lower Layer

C
Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment OFFSET AA49 MUTING / setting screen
When this mode is entered, the Y-DELAY display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "____," and the item indication is grayed.
F
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
81
5. OFFSET
1 1
10
15
20
25
30
32
OF S
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
15 16
RG B 1
Basic Operation
Select the adjustment table
Rem Code AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04 AA05 AA06 AA07 AA08 AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E AA4F AA50 AA51 AA52 AA53 AA54 AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95 AA8A SET Selection of the item and shifting to lower layer INFORMATION RANGE CHECK REFERENCE OFFSET VIDEO OPTION INITIALIZE VIDEO OPTION Key Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BS1 BS3 BS5 BS7 BS9 BS11 BS13 BS15 5 Selection of upper items Selection of lower items Function & Display RGB1 RGB2 DIGITAL SLOT Selection of the adjustment table Description Remarks
Lower Layer
? ? ? ?
AAD3-AF70 AUDIO AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE AA59 AV SELECT Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING / setting screen
If this setting screen is displayed when the unit is shifted from another mode, the RGB1 display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. If the unit is shifted back from a lower-layer display of this setting screen, the originally selected item will be displayed. When any of the above keys is pressed, the corresponding operation is executed. When INPUT5 (DVI) is selected, the RGB1 and SLOT items cannot be selected. (These displays are not skipped during item selection.) When a slot is not inserted, or when a slot manufactured by other vendor is inserted, the SLOT item cannot be selected. (The display is not skipped during item selection.) Items that cannot be selected are grayed on the display. Selection of each item is impossible when there is no input signal.
82
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
1 OFFSET RGB1
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
O F S RG B 1
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
B
15 16
MA T
CO N T
: ( )
Basic Operation
Function & Display MAT CONT MAT BRIGHT MAT COLOR MAT TINT AD MAIN CONT AD R HIGH AD G HIGH AD B HIGH AD R LOW AD G LOW AD B LOW
Description
Remarks
Lower Layer

C
Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING VIDEO OPTION / setting screen
When this mode is entered, the MAT CONT display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "___(___)," and the item indication is grayed.
F
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
83
2 OFFSET RGB2
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
O F S RG B 2
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
B
15 16
CO N T R A S T
: ( )
Basic Operation
C
Function & Display CONTRAST BRIGHT COLOR TINT R HIGH G HIGH B HIGH R LOW G LOW B LOW
Description
Remarks
Lower Layer

Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment VIDEO OPTION AA49 MUTING / setting screen
F
When this mode is entered, the CONTRAST display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "___(___)," and the item indication is grayed.
84
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
3 OFFSET DIGITAL
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
OF S D I G
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
B
15 16
PANE L
R H I GH
: ( )
Basic Operation
Description
Remarks
Lower Layer
PANEL RHIGH PANEL GHIGH PANEL BHIGH PANEL RLOW PANEL GLOW PANEL BLOW ABL LEVEL XSUSB XSUSG YSUSB YSUSG VSUS VOFFSET Selection is possible, but setting is impossible Retrieval and display of the adjustment value
When this mode is entered, the PANEL R-HIGH display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "___(___)," and the item indication is grayed. As the items X-SUS-B, X-SUS-G, Y-SUS-B, Y-SUS-G, V-SUS, and V-OFFSET do not have OFFSET adjustment values, making settings is not allowed. These items are grayed, and the adjustment values are displayed with "___(___)."
F
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
85
4 OFFSET SLOT (When SLOT ST1 is connected) This mode is effective only when SLOT ST1 is connected.
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
OF S S L OT
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
B
15 16
Y DE L AY
: ( )
Basic Operation
C
Function & Display YDELAY YOUT LEVEL CD TINT CDR OFFSET CDB OFFSET RY LEVEL BY LEVEL
Description
Remarks
Lower Layer

F
When this mode is entered, the Y-DELAY display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "___(___)," and the item indication is grayed.
86
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
6. VIDEO OPTION
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
V I DEO
OPT
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
B
15 16
S I DE
MA S K
LEV
Basic Operation
Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Rem Code AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04 AA05 AA06 AA07 AA08 AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E AA4F AA50 AA51 AA52 AA53 AA54 AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95 AA8A SET Selection of the item and shift to adjustment screen INFORMATION RANGE CHECK REFERENCE OFFSET VIDEO OPTION INITIALIZE INITIALIZE
F E
Function & Display SIDE MASK LEV C MODE2 C TEMP LOW C TEMP MID LOW C TEMP MID HIGH C TEMP HIGH
Description
Remarks
Shift to adjustment screen of SIDE MASK LEVEL with SET (AA8A) Shift to adjustment screen of COLOR MODE2 with SET (AA8A)
Lower Layer
? ? ? ? ? ?
C
Selection of the adjustment item
Shift to adjustment screen of COLOR TEMP LOW with SET (AA8A) Shift to adjustment screen of COLOR TEMP MID LOW with SET (AA8A) Shift to adjustment screen of COLOR TEMP MID HIGH with SET (AA8A) Shift to adjustment screen of COLOR TEMP HIGH with +SET (AA8A)
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
87
If this setting screen is displayed when the unit is shifted from another mode, the SIDE MASK LEVEL display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. If the unit is shifted back from a lower-layer display of this setting screen, the originally selected item will be displayed. When any of the above keys is pressed, the corresponding operation is executed. COLOR MODE setting during COLOR MODE adjustment When Service Factory mode is entered, the settings for COLOR MODE become those that set on the Integrator menu. However, during COLOR MODE 2 adjustment, the unit operates in COLOR MODE 2 regardless of the settings made on the Integrator menu. COLOR TEMP setting during COLOR TEMP adjustment When Service Factory mode is entered, the setting for COLOR TEMP becomes MIDDLE regardless of the user's setting. During COLOR TEMP adjustment, the unit operates in the selected COLOR TEMP mode.
88
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
1 SIDE MASK LEV. Adjustment

1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
VOP S
MASK
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
B
15 16
S I DE
MA S K
LEV
Basic Operation
Function & Display R SIDE MASK LEV G SIDE MASK LEV B SIDE MASK LEV
Description Retrieval and display of the adjustment value
Remarks
Lower Layer
Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING INITIALIZE / setting screen
When this mode is entered, the R SIDE MASK LEVEL display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed.
F
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
89
2 COLOR MODE2 Adjustment

1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
VO P C
MOD E 2
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
The color mode indicated on the second line, 31th column is the default setting and does not change according to the color mode being adjusted. Display color : White Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 1st to 32th columns)
10
B
15 16
CON T R A S T
Basic Operation
C
Function & Display CONTRAST BRIGHT COLOR TINT R HIGH G HIGH B HIGH R LOW G LOW B LOW
Description
Remarks
Lower Layer

AA8A SET Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING INITIALIZE / setting screen
F
When this mode is entered, the CONTRAST display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. During COLOR MODE adjustment, the setting becomes COLOR MODE 2, and the adjusted value will be stored in memory, but the color mode setting will not be stored after adjustment is completed.
90
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
3 COLOR TEMP Adjustment

1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
VO P C T
M I D
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
B
15 16
CON T R A S T
Basic Operation
Description
Remarks
Lower Layer
CONTRAST BRIGHT COLOR TINT R HIGH G HIGH B HIGH R LOW G LOW B LOW Retrieval and display of the adjustment value
AA8A SET Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING INITIALIZE / setting screen
When this mode is entered, the CONTRAST display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. During COLOR TEMP adjustment, the unit operates with the selected COLOR TEMP setting, and the adjusted value will be stored in memory, but the COLOR TEMP setting will return to MIDDLE after adjustment is completed.
F
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
91
7. INITIALIZE
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
I N I T
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
B
15 16
CO L O R
DET
: EU RO
Basic Operation
Perform the modification and confirmation of various settings. Rem Code AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04
C
Function & Display COLOR DET EEP CHECK ACL SW INTEGRATOR MODE P&P WRITE ENA HOURMETER SET PULSEMETER SET FINAL SET UP VIDEO STANDARD PC STANDARD VIDEO MODE1 PC MODE1 EEP DATA READ MASK1 MASK2 MEMO SERVICE PARTS PICTURE DEFAULT
Description
...EUROSAALL...
Remarks
Lower Layer
Shifting to setting screen with SET (AA8A) Shifting to setting screen with SET (AA8A)
Executing with SET (AA8A)
EEPROM writing check ON OFF ...LOCKUNLOCK...

For Plug & Play EEPROM writing
Setting the current hourmeter Setting the pulse hourmeter

...0123456789A... ...0123456789A... ...0123456789A... ...0123456789A...
? ?
Shifting to setting screen with SET (AA8A) Shifting to setting screen with SET (AA8A) Shifting to setting screen with SET (AA8A) Shifting to writing screen with SET (AA8A) Executing with SET (AA8A)
Executing with SET (AA8A)
? ? ? ?
AA50 AA51 AA52 AA53 AA54 AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95 AA8A
Selection of upper items Selection of lower items Selection of the function Selection of the function Selecting the item and shifting to lower layer, or storing the adjustment value and shifting to upper layer. INFORMATION RANGE CHECK REFERENCE OFFSET VIDEO OPTION INITIALIZE INFORMATION
SET
F
92
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
If this setting screen is displayed when the unit is shifted from another mode, the COLOR DET display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. If the unit is shifted back from a lower-layer display of this setting screen, the originally selected item will be displayed. When any of the above keys is pressed, the corresponding operation is executed. As for the following items, the adjusted values will be stored in memory: COLOR DET., ACL SW, INTE. MODE, MEMO, VIDEO STANDARD, PC STANDARD, VIDEO MODE 1, PC MODE 1, HOURMETER SET, PULSEMETER SET, FINAL SETUP, MASK 1, MASK 2, and PICTURE DEFAULT.
Function description
1. COLOR DET. : The color detection system is set. EURO SA ALL 2. EEP CHECK: EEPROM writing is checked. The rightmost two digits in hexadecimal notation from the results of addition of data at subaddresses 1760-177C (PDC XGA/SHARP data) of the EEPROM are displayed. 3. ACL SW: The ACL is set. 4. INTEGRATOR MODE: The integrator protection is set. 5. P&P WRITE ENA: The writing permission of the EEPROM for Plug & Play is set. 6. HOURMETER SET: The hourmeter is displayed and set.
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
I N I T
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
HOURME T ER N OW
10
SET
The upper three digits of SET DATA can be changed: 5 : To select numbers : To select one of the upper three digits to be changed SET : To register the setting and shift to the confirmation screen for setting changes.
C
DATA : 1 2 34 5H DATA : 0 9 70 0H
SET
15 16 1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
I N I T
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
SET
: To select YES or NO : When YES is selected, the SET DATA are stored in memory, and the initial display appears. When NO is selected, NOW DATA is maintained, and the initial display appears.
HOURME T ER
10
SET NO
YES
15 16
7. PULSEMETER SET: The pulse meter is displayed and set.

1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
I N I T
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
P U L S EME T E R N OW
10
SET
The upper three digits of SET DATA can be changed: 5 : To select numbers : To select one of the upper three digits to be changed SET : To register the setting and shift to the confirmation screen for setting changes.
DATA : 1 2 34 5 . 6 7G DATA : 0 9 70 0 . 00G
SET
15 16
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
93
A
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
I N I T
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
SET
: To select YES or NO : When YES is selected, the SET DATA are stored in memory, and the initial display appears. When NO is selected, NOW DATA is maintained, and the initial display appears.
P U L S EME T E R
10
SET NO
YES
15 16
8. FINAL SETUP: Factory preset values are set. (See FINAL SETUP Details.) 9. VIDEO STANDARD: The peak occurrences of STANDARD (USER MENU / POWER CONTROL) in the video system signal is set. (Table 1 setting in the following table.) Note: Please do not change settings during service. 10. PC STANDARD: The peak occurrences of STANDARD (USER MENU / POWER CONTROL) in the PC system signal is set. (Table 2 setting in the following table.) Note: Please do not change settings during service. 11. VIDEO MODE1: The peak occurrences of MODE1 (USER MENU / POWER CONTROL) in the video system signal is set. (Table 3 setting in the following table.) Note: Please do not change settings during service. 12. PC MODE1: The peak occurrences of MODE1 (USER MENU / POWER CONTROL) in the PC system signal is set. (Table 4 setting in the following table.) Note: Please do not change settings during service.
C
Current Input Signal VIDEO STANDARD mode POWER CONTROL setting MODE1 MODE2 Table1 Table3 PC Table2 Table4
PL6 (fixed)
13. EEP DATA READ: Data on each address of the EEPROM are displayed.
1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32 1
I N I T
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
: To select a digit (four digits) of an address 5 : To select numbers SET : To shift to the next higher layer Displayed data for each address are updated each time the address is changed. Display color : White (Selected address is yellow) Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 1st to 32th columns)
10
15 16
EEP
DAT A
READ
: 1 0 FF - 8 0
14. MASK1: To select the full mask. Note: The last setting for either MASK 1 or MASK 2 is stored in memory. 15. MASK2: To select the mask pattern. Note: The last setting for either MASK 1 or MASK 2 is stored in memory.
Notes on MASK 1 and MASK 2 When any key is pressed, an OSD is displayed for two seconds, and during this period the full mask signal output is stopped. When the full mask is selected on the MASK selection menu, two seconds after the full mask is selected (with no key pressed during this period,) the displayed OSD disappears, then full mask is displayed in turn. To release the mask setting, use "M00" of RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode or "MASK OFF" of Service Factory menu. (The mask setting cannot be released with FULL MASK OFF of the Integrator menu or "FMN" of the RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode.)
94
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
16. MEMO: Memo data are displayed and edited.

1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
I N I T ME MO
5
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT

10
<MEMO/SELECT> With the 5 or key, a MEMO to be edited can be selected. If you press the SET key, the screen shifts to MEMO/EDIT. If you select BACK and then press the SET key, the screen shifts to the next higher layer.
BACK
15 16
1 1
10
15
20
25
30
32
M E MO
5
P DP - 5 0 3MX A N 0 ` B O 1 ' C P 2 / D Q 3 E R 4 ( F S 5 ) G T 6 @ H U 7 I V 8 :
BACK J W 9 # K X . ?
SPACE L Y , & M Z
<MEMO/EDIT> For details on editing, see "INPUT Label" of the user menu. The default display is "_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _". When RESET is selected, the setting is reset to the default.
10
RESET
SPACE
END
15 16
SEL ECT
SET
SET
MENU
EX I T
17. SERVICE PARTS : The PD number of the module microcomputer is rewritten to the parts recognition number for service. See "7.1.3 AUTOMATIC BACKUP OF DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY DATA ". Parts recognition number for service: Modify the leftmost digit of the PD number to F Example: F691 (an original PD number is 5691). Note: Modification of the PD number to the ID number for service is needed only for the EEPROM of the module microcomputer. The ID number for service in the data area of the module microcomputer in the EEPROM of the main microcomputer must not be changed. 18. PICTURE DEFAULT The data adjusted in Service Factory mode will become the new default settings for PICTURE, WHITE BAL, and SIDE MASK LEVEL of the Integrator menu. As long as PICTURE DEFAULT or FINAL SETUP is not executed, the settings made in Service Factory mode are not reflected in the video output data in modes other than Service Factory mode. To make the values adjusted during Service Factory mode go into force, PICTURE DEFAULT must be executed after adjustment. Note: If PICTURE DEFAULT is executed: 1 All the PICTURE items set on the user menu are reset. 2 The values for PICTURE, WHITE BAL, and SIDE MASK LEVEL of the Integrator menu will become those of current adjustment values of Service Factory mode.
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
95
FINAL SETUP Details

Items Key input of the remote control unit Power supply (STANDBY/ON) Input function VIDEO Screen size PC INPUT1 WIDE 1 DOT BY DOT 2 4 : 3 (including TYPE) 3 FULL (including TYPE) Vertical position adjustment (V scroll) 0 UNLOCK 0 Default value for all adjustment items Default value for all adjustment items &INPUT& OFF OFF MIDDLE LOW OFF OFF AUTO AUTO MOTION VGA (at mode03, 31, E1) XGA (at mode61, 71, 63, 73) RGB STANDARD OFF FIXED Default value for all adjustment items Default value for all adjustment items Default value for all adjustment items OFF/Upper left VIDEO PC OFF OFF 1035i COMPONENT1 COMPONENT2 60 ON 4800BPS OFF/1/0.0/WHT For each input function For each function that can be controlled by the PC Common to all input functions 750p/1125i/1125p 525i/525p/625i/625p For each input function Common to all units (Setting/Timer time/Mask time/mask color) Common to all input functions For each input function and signal mode (VIDEO/PC) Common to all input functions Common to all input functions For INPUT 1/2 For each input function (at 525i (NTSC)) For each INPUT3/4 For each INPUT1/2 INPUT 4 For each input function (at VIDEO) (When the video signal is input) For each input function (When the PC signal is input) For each input function and signal mode Priority is 1 2 3 For each input function (at VIDEO) Common to all input functions NO CARE Initial Setting Remarks
KEY LOCK VOLUME User menu settings PICTURE SCREEN INPUT LABEL AUTO POWER OFF POWER MANAGEMENT COLOR TEMP DIGITAL NR HIGH CONTRAST PURECINEMA COLOR SYSTEM CLAMP POSITION 3D Y/C MODE SETTING VIDEO SIGNAL POWER CONTROL AUTO FUNCTION AUDIO OUT Integrator menu setting item PICTURE WHITE BALANCE SCREEN 22 MODE BRT. ENHANCE HDTV MODE VIDEO INPUT
For each input function and signal mode For each input function and signal mode (at PC) (: 1 to 5). For each input function For each input function INPUT1 (at PC) /5
SUB VOLUME OSD BAUD RATE TIMER
96
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
Items FULL MASK R LEVEL SIDE MASK MASK CONTROL ORBITER MODE INVERSE MODE COLOR MODE MIRROR MODE FAN CONTROL MONITOR NAME ID NO SET SLOT INPUT Factory Setting Item INTE MODE MASK1/2 setting ACL SW COLOR DET RS-232C Setting Item VIDEO MUTE LED 100% display OFF ON OFF UNLOCK OFF ON G LEVEL B LEVEL OFF
Initial Setting Default value Default value Default value ON OFF OFF MODE1 OFF AUTO &&&PLASMA&&& VIDEO (RGB) Common to all units Common to all units Common to all units
Remarks
Common to all units NO CARE

C
Common to all units
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
97
1 MASK1
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
I N I T MA SK 1
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
15 16
MA SK
: OFF ( 6 0 Hz )
Basic Operation
Perform the adjustment of each parameter.
Rem Code AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04 AA05 AA06 AA07 AA08 AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E AA4F AA50 AA51 AA52 AA53 AA54 Key Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BS1 BS3 BS5 BS7 BS9 BS11 BS13 BS15 Function & Display OFF MASK51 MASK52 MASK53 MASK54 MASK55 MASK56 MASK57 MASK58 MASK59 MASK60 MASK61 MASK62 MASK63 MASK64 MASK65 MASK66 Description Remarks OFF White Cyan 274 Mazenta 1023 Flesh color Cyan 1023 Light purple Sky blue Red Green Blue Black Red 779 Cyan 218 Cyan 444 Flesh color 43 Red 620
Lower Layer
AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95 AA8A AAD3-AF70 AA4A AA1D AA59 AA43 AA1E AAD3-AF3C AAD3-AF36 AAD3-AF22 AA49
MASK67 MASK68 MASK69 MASK70 MASK71 MASK72 MASK73 MASK74 Selection of upper items Selection of lower items Selection of free-running frequency Selection of free-running frequency
Storing data of the selected item and shifting to upper layer
Full mask (Mazenta 98) Full mask (Sky blue 1_43) Full mask (Sky blue 2_43) Full mask (Light purple 43) Full mask (Yellow) Full mask (Blue 916) Full mask (Reserved) Full mask (Reserved)
50Hz60Hz70Hz 50Hz60Hz70Hz
Default: 60 Hz Default: 60 Hz
SET AUDIO DISPLAY CALL SURROUND MODE AV SELECT AV MEMORY MPX SCREEN SIZE FULL AUTO ZOOM P.ZOOM MUTING
INFORMATION RANGE CHECK Shifting to various adjustment / setting screen REFERENCE OFFSET VIDEO OPTION INITIALIZE Shifting to next adjustment / setting screen INFORMATION
When this mode is entered, the MASK OFF display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. However, if any MASK setting has been already made, the selected MASK item is displayed first. If this mode is entered with any of the MASK items in MASK 2 selected, the settings for MASK 2 become invalid, and the MASK OFF display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. To select the MASK67 to MASK74, press the 5 (UP) or (DOWN) key. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. Note: During MASK setting, an OSD is not displayed. If another operation is selected, an OSD is displayed for 2 seconds after the MASK signal output is stopped, then the selected FULL MASK display will be displayed again.
98
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
2 MASK2
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
I N I T MA SK 2
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
B
15 16
MA SK
: OFF ( 6 0 Hz )
Basic Operation
Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Rem Code Key Name Function & Display AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04 AA05 AA06 AA07 AA08 AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E AA4F AA50 AA51 AA52 AA53 AA54 AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95 AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE AA59 AV SELECT AA43 AV MEMORY AA1E MPX 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BS1 BS3 BS5 BS7 BS9 BS11 BS13 BS15 5 Selection of upper items Selection of lower items Selection of free-running frequency 50Hz60Hz70Hz Default: 60 Hz Selection of free-running frequency 50Hz60Hz70Hz Default: 60 Hz
Storing data of the selected item and shifting to upper layer
Description OFF
Remarks Pattern 1 (Ramp) Pattern 2 (Color-bars) Pattern 3 (Slanting lines) Pattern 4 (For W/B Lo-Light adjustment 1/5Window (14%, 56%)) Pattern 5 (For W/B Lo-Light adjustment 1/5Window (Pred, Skin)) Pattern 6 (For W/B Peak adjustment 1/5Window (100%))
Pattern 7 (Peak signal : For peak measurement and adjustment 1/5Window (100%))
Lower Layer
MASK OFF MASK 01 MASK 02 MASK 03 MASK 04 MASK 05 MASK 06 MASK 07 MASK 08 MASK 09 MASK 10 MASK 11 MASK 12 MASK 13 MASK 14
Pattern 8 (Reservation)
Pattern 9 (Window-A for scan IC protection test) Pattern 10 (Window-B for scan IC protection test)
Pattern 11 (Reservation) Pattern 12 (Reservation) Pattern 13 (Reservation) Pattern 14 (Reservation)
INFORMATION RANGE CHECK Shifting to various adjustment / setting screen REFERENCE OFFSET
AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE P.ZOOM AAD3-AF22 AA49 MUTING Shifting to next adjustment / setting screen INFORMATION
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
99
When this mode is entered, the MASK OFF display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. However, if any MASK setting has been already made, the selected MASK item is displayed first. If this mode is entered with any of the MASK items in MASK 1 selected, the settings for MASK 1 become invalid, and the MASK OFF display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. Note: During MASK setting, an OSD is not displayed. If another operation is selected, an OSD is displayed for 2 seconds after the MASK signal output is stopped, then the selected MASK display will be displayed again.
Classification 1 of Input Signal Mode (VIDEO)

SIG Mode 00 6 00 7 00 8 00 9 01 6 01 7 01 8 01 9 02 6 02 7 02 8 02 9 03 6 03 7 03 8 03 9 11 7 Signal Type OSD display 4:3 FULL ZOOM WIDE 4:3 FULL ZOOM WIDE 4:3 FULL ZOOM WIDE 4:3 FULL ZOOM WIDE FULL FULL FULL FULL FULL V. Frequency fv (Hz) H. Frequency fh (Hz) Number of Pixels 784 768 1024 768 1024 768 1024 768 784 768 1024 768 1024 768 1024 768 784 768 1024 768 1024 768 1024 768 784 768 1024 768 1024 768 1024 768 1024 768 1024 768 1024 768 1024 768 1024 768 INPUT5 (DVI input) Compatibility
SDTV 625i (PAL/SECAM)
50
15.6
(incompatible)
SDTV 625p (PAL Progressive)
50
31.2
(incompatible)
SDTV 525i (NTSC/4.43NTSC)
60
15.7
(incompatible)
SDTV 525p (NTSC Progressive) HDTV 1125i (Effective scanning lines: 1080) HDTV 1125i (Effective scanning lines: 1080) HDTV 1125i (Effective scanning lines: 1035) HDTV 750p (Effective scanning lines: 720) HDTV 1125p (Effective scanning lines: 1080)
60
31.5
(incompatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) (incompatible)
50 60 60 60 60
28.1 33.8 33.8 45.0 67.5
12 7 13 7 14 7 15 7
100
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
Classification 2 of Input Signal Mode (PC)

SIG Mode 20 2 23 2 31 0 31 1 31 2 32 0 32 1 32 2 34 0 34 1 34 2 35 0 35 1 35 2 36 0 36 1 36 2 40 0 40 1 40 2 41 0 41 1 41 2 44 0 44 1 44 2 45 0 45 1 45 2 46 0 46 1 46 2 55 0 55 1 55 2 61 1 61 2 63 1 63 2 65 1 65 2 66 1 66 2 70 2 71 2 73 2 Signal Type 640 400 640 400 640 480 FULL FULL DOT BY DOT 4:3 FULL DOT BY DOT 4:3 FULL DOT BY DOT 4:3 FULL DOT BY DOT 4:3 FULL DOT BY DOT 4:3 FULL DOT BY DOT 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL DOT BY DOT 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL DOT BY DOT 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL DOT BY DOT 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL DOT BY DOT 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL DOT BY DOT 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL 4 : 3 (TYPE) DOT BY DOT 4 : 3 (TYPE) DOT BY DOT 4 : 3 (TYPE) DOT BY DOT 4 : 3 (TYPE) DOT BY DOT FULL (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) OSD Display V. Frequency v (Hz) 56 70 60 H. Frequency h (Hz) 24.8 31.5 31.5 Number of Pixels 1024 768 1024 768 640 480 768 768 1024 768 640 480 768 768 1024 768 640 480 768 768 1024 768 640 480 768 768 1024 768 640 480 768 768 1024 768 800 600 768 768 1024 768 800 600 768 768 1024 768 800 600 768 768 1024 768 800 600 768 768 1024 768 800 600 768 768 1024 768 832 624 768 768 1024 768 768 768 1024 768 768 768 1024 768 768 768 1024 768 768 768 1024 768 1024 768 1024 768 1024 768 INPUT5 (DVI input) Compatibility (incompatible) (incompatible) ? (compatible)
640 480
67
35.0
(incompatible)
640 480
73
37.9
(incompatible)
640 480
75
37.5
(incompatible)
640 480
85
43.3
(incompatible)
800 600
56
35.2
? (compatible)
800 600
60
37.9
? (compatible)
800 600
72
48.1
(incompatible)
800 600
75
46.9
(incompatible) (incompatible)
800 600
85
53.7
832 624 1024 768 1024 768 1024 768 1024 768 1280 768 1280 768 1280 768
75 60 70 75 85 56 60 70
49.7 48.4 56.5 60.0 68.7 45.1 48.1 56.1
(incompatible) ? (compatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) ? (compatible) ? (compatible) (incompatible)
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
101
A
V. Frequency v (Hz) 60 72 75 75 66 76 60 60 75 85 60 65 70 75 85 60 H. Frequency h (Hz) 53.7 64.9 67.5 68.7 61.8 71.7 60.0 64.0 80.0 91.1 75.0 81.3 87.5 93.8 106.3 31.7 INPUT5 (DVI input) Compatibility ? (compatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) ? (compatible) ? (compatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) ? (compatible)
SIG Mode 81 1 81 2 84 1 84 2 85 1 85 2 95 1 95 2
Signal Type 1152 864 1152 864 1152 864 1152 870 1152 900 1152 900 1280 960 1280 1024 1280 1024 1280 1024 1600 1200 1600 1200 1600 1200 1600 1200 1600 1200 852 480
OSD Display 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) DOT BY DOT FULL
Number of Pixels 768 768 1024 768 768 768 1024 768 768 768 1024 768 762 768 1024 768 738 768 1024 768 738 768 1024 768 768 768 1024 768 720 768 1024 768 720 768 1024 768 720 768 1024 768 768 768 1024 768 768 768 1024 768 768 768 1024 768 768 768 1024 768 768 768 1024 768 852 768 1024 768
A2 1 A2 2 A5 1 A5 2 B1 1 B1 2 C1 1 C1 2 C5 1 C5 2 C6 1 C6 2 D1 1 D1 2 D2 1 D2 2 D3 1 D3 2 D5 1 D5 2 D6 1 D6 2 E1 1 E1 2
102
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
6.2 ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED WHEN THE SET IS REPARED OR REPLACED

RGB Assy
When repaired
1. Adjustment is impossible when the Matrix IC or AD/PLL/AMP IC is replaced. 2. Adjustment is unnecessary in other cases.
Y DRIVE Assy
When replaced
1. Panel white balance adjustment
When replaced
White balance adjustment
X DRIVE Assy
When replaced
1. Panel white balance adjustment
B
SW POWER SUPPLY Module

When replaced
No adjustment required.
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy

When repaired
Video Card (PDA-5002)

When repaired
1. Y LEVEL adjustment 2. Color difference and TINT adjustment
When replaced
1. Adjustment is unnecessary when only the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is replaced. 2. When the RGB Assy is replaced at the same time as this assembly, remove the IC1204 (24LC04(1)SN-TBB) from the old PC board of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy and attach it to the new PC board. 3. If you are reusing the collected old PC board as a service part, attach the new IC1204 to the board.
When replaced
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy SW POWER SUPPLY Module

D
Y DRIVE Assy
X DRIVE Assy
E
RGB Assy
Video Card (PDA-5002)
Fig. 1 Configuration of the PC Board (rear side view)

F
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
103
6.3 ADJUSTMENT
6.3.1 VIDEO CARD ADJUSTMENT
A
Adjust after controlling each IC. Perform from Step 1 to Step 6 for each input signal.
NTSC PAL SECAM 443NTSC INPUT4 PALM PALN NTSC PAL
INPUT3
Step
Adjustment Item
Input Signal
Control
Measuring Point
Adjusting Value
Adjusting Method
Adjust the level so that the waveform becomes 700 mVp-p.
Y Level Adjustment (IC7130)(SA83)
RAMP
IC7302
CN7401-pin 3 700mVp-p
a 700mVp-p
a: Adjust the offset so that the pedestal level becomes constant. b: Adjust the level so that the waveform becomes 525 mVp-p. R-Y Offset Adjustment (IC7130)(SA88)
Color-Bar
IC7302
CN7401-pin 7 525mVp-p b a 525mVp-p
B-Y Offset Adjustment (IC7130)(SA88) Color-Bar TINT Adjustment (IC7130)(SA80) IC7302 CN7401-pin 5 525mVp-p
a: Adjust the offset so that the pedestal level becomes constant. b: Adjust the TINT so that the height ratio of each stairstep waveform becomes constant. c: Adjust the level so that the waveform becomes 525 mVp-p. b b b a
c 525mVp-p
a: Adjust the offset so that the pedestal level becomes constant. b: Adjust the level so that the waveform becomes 525 mVp-p. R-Y Level Adjustment (IC7103) (SA101)
Color-Bar
IC7103
CN7401-pin 7 525mVp-p b a 525mVp-p
a: Adjust the offset so that the pedestal level becomes constant. b: Adjust the TINT so that the height ratio of each stairstep waveform becomes constant. c: Adjust the Level so that the waveform becomes 525 mVp-p.
E
B-Y Level Adjustment (IC7103) (SA100)
Color-Bar
IC7103
CN7401-pin 5 525mVp-p
b b b a
c 525mVp-p
Each adjustment value is stored in IC7104.
104
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
Operating Check
After each adjustment is completed, confirm that the following signals are output correctly. INPUT3 input signal INPUT4 input signal INPUT5 input signal Signal-distinction circuit operation Audio signal
VIDEO CARD (PDA-5002)

CN7401
VIDEO SLOT ST1 Assy

TP7202 TP7302 TP7301 TP7201 TP7109 TP7205 TP7204 TP7203
TP7303 TP7414 TP7415 TP7413 TP7416 TP7105 TP7107 TP7106 IC7103 TP7112 TP7110 TP7111 IC7302
TP7108
TP7206
C
TP7207
TP7104 TP7102 TP7101
TP7103
TP7007 TP7412 TP7403 TP7404 TP7015 TP7402 TP7013 TP7016 TP7014
TP7006 TP7009 TP7011 TP7003 TP7010 TP7012 TP7004 TP7001 TP7002
TP7008TP7005
Adjustment Points
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
105
6.3.2 MAIN UNIT ADJUSTMENT

A
Panel-White-Balance Adjustment
Input Signal
Adjusting Point
Adjusting Method
Adjust the OFFSET-DIGITAL parameters (from PANEL R-HIGH to PANEL B-LOW) in Factory mode. For adjustment, use the mask (MASK04) signal of Factory mode for display.
Reference : Adjustment values when using the Minolta color-difference meter (A-100) MASK Left Side x y 293 308 MASK Right Side 292 296
Mask-Level Adjustment
Input Signal
Adjusting Point
VIDEO OPTION mode in Factory mode SIDE MASK LEV. R SIDE LEVEL : key 1 G SIDE LEVEL : key 2 B SIDE LEVEL : key 3
Adjusting Method
Side mask color / Level Adjustment Set the indicated value with the keys on the remote control unit (1, 2 and 3 keys).
106
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
White-Balance Adjustment
A Video Card (PDA-5002 or equivalent) is necessary for white balance adjustment for video signal of the RGB Assy. Adjust with video system signal (525i) and RGB (PC VGA) signal. Adjust so that the level and amplitude of the RED and BLUE signals become the same, referring to the GREEN signal. Input Signal Step Adjusting Method
1 Connect a Video Card to the RGB Assy through a jig cable to measure the RGB Assy. (See "Diagnosis of the Video Card (PDA-5002)" of 7.1.4 DISASSEMBLY.) The signal level cannot be measured without a jig cable. Note: Be careful of the jig cable connector when connecting. Input a 525i component signal to INPUT 1 and INPUT 2. Use a signal consisting of the luminance signal only, such as a ramp signal or STEP signal, whose black level (0IRE) and gradation can be checked. Note: You can use a Y (luminance) signal of the standard NTSC component video signal. In the signal input function (INPUT1 or INPUT2), set the display mode of the VIDEO signal to COMPONENT. MENU SETUP VIDEO SIGNAL : COMPONENT Set the unit to Standby mode then to Factory mode. MENU SET POWER ON Turn the ACL SW setting to OFF. INITIALIZE mode ACL SW : "3" key Select OFF with the right and left keys. Decrease the MAT CONT adjustment value of OFFSET-RGB1 by 3. OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. MAT CONT : "1" key Decrease the adjustment value by 3 with the right and left keys. Decrease the MAT BRIGHT adjustment value of OFFSET-RGB1 by 2. OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. MAT BRIGHT : "2" key Decrease the adjustment value by 2 with the right and left keys. Take a trigger of the oscilloscope with HD_PLL (3.3Vp-p) of K4805. Measure the signal waveform of the Green signal at K4603, and measure the black level (0IRE) and amplitude. AD R LOW adjustment Measure the black level (0IRE) of the Red signal at K4602, and adjust the level of AD R LOW so that its black level (0IRE) becomes the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9. Tolerance: 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD R LOW : "9" key Adjust with the right and left keys. AD R HIGH adjustment Measure the signal amplitude of the Red signal at K4602, and adjust the level of AD R HIGH so that its signal amplitude becomes the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9. Tolerance: 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD R HIGH : "6" key Adjust with the right and left keys. AD B LOW adjustment Measure the black level (0IRE) of the Blue signal at K4604, and adjust the level of AD B LOW so that its black level (0IRE) becomes the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9. Tolerance: 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD B LOW : "11" key Adjust with the right and left keys. AD B HIGH adjustment Measure the signal amplitude of the Blue signal at K4604, and adjust the level of AD B HIGH so that its signal amplitude becomes the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9. Tolerance: 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD B HIGH : "8" key Adjust with the right and left keys.
3 4
Video signal
8 9
10
11
12
13
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
107
Input Signal Step
Adjusting Method
Adjust the black level of the Red and Blue signals referring to that of the Green signal Adjust the signal amplitude of the Red and Blue signals referring to that of the Green signal
Green signal waveform
B
Black level of the Green signal
Red or Blue signal waveform
Signal amplitude of the Green signal
Video signal
Black level of the Red or Blue signal
14
C
15
Increase the MAT CONT adjustment value of OFFSET-RGB1 by 3. OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. MAT CONT : "1" key Increase the adjustment value by 3 with the right and left keys. Increase the MAT BRIGHT adjustment value of OFFSET-RGB1 by 2. OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. MAT BRIGHT : "2" key Increase the adjustment value by 2 with the right and left keys. Turn the ACL SW setting to ON. INITIALIZE mode ACL SW : "3" key Select ON with the right and left keys. Input a RGB (PC) signal to the INPUT1 or INPUT2. Use a signal consisting of the luminance signal only, such as a ramp signal or STEP signal, whose black level (0IRE) and gradation can be checked. Recommended signal: VESA VGA@60Hz Set the unit to Standby mode then to Factory mode. MENU SET POWER ON Take a trigger of the oscilloscope with HD_PLL (3.3Vp-p) of K4805. Measure the signal waveform of the Green signal at K4603, and measure the black level (0IRE) and amplitude. AD R LOW adjustment Measure the black level (0IRE) of the Red signal at K4602, and adjust the level of AD R LOW so that its black level (0IRE) becomes the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9 of video signal. Tolerance: 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD R LOW : "9" key Adjust with the right and left keys. AD R HIGH adjustment Measure the signal amplitude of the Red signal at K4602, and adjust the level of AD R HIGH so that its signal amplitude becomes the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9 of video signal. Tolerance: 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD R HIGH : "6" key Adjust with the right and left keys.
16
1
D
2 3 4 RGB (PC) signal 5
108
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
Input Signal Step
Adjusting Method
AD B LOW adjustment Measure the black level (0IRE) of the Blue signal at K4604, and adjust the level of AD B LOW so that its black level (0IRE) become the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9 of video signal. Tolerance: 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD B LOW : "11" key Adjust with the right and left keys. AD B HIGH adjustment Measure the signal amplitude of the Blue signal at K4604, and adjust the level of AD B HIGH so that its signal amplitude become the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9 of video signal. Tolerance: 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD R LOW : "8" key Adjust with the right and left keys. Adjust the black level of the Red and Blue signals referring to that of the Green signal
RGB (PC) signal
Adjust the signal amplitude of the Red and Blue signals referring to that of the Green signal
Signal amplitude of the Green signal
C
Black level of the Green signal Black level of the Red or Blue signal
Color-Balance Adjustment
Input Signal
Adjusting Point
Adjusting Method
Flesh color
REFERENCE1 mode Color-Balance Adjustment in Factory mode After adjusting the white balance, check the flesh color of figures in LD still pictures. If the COLOR : "3" key color is not natural, adjust it with the keys on the remote control unit. TINT : "4" key Reference: Adjustment values when using the Minolta color-difference meter NTSC x 20% window-step signal (-3dB) White Balance 80% window-step signal (-3dB) Flesh Color Window chroma signal y Y x y Y x y 294 303 6.9 293 301 151 423 363 HD 294 303 6.9 293 301 151 423 363 PC 294 304 2.8 297 312 65
E
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
109
K2218 (1/2 VSUS)
K2716 (VH) K2215 K2217 (SUS_B) (SUS_U) K2214 (SUS_G) K2216 (SUS_D)
K2720 (PSUS) K2717 (VH CONT)
K2227 (SUS_D) K3105 (SUSOUTA) K2715 (YDC_DC_PD) K2718 (VH UVP) VR2703 (VH_ADJ) K2212 (SUSOUTB) K3108 (SUS_D) K2719 (VH OVP) VR3202 (SUS-D)
K2226 (SUS_U)
K2222
K2703 (SUSGND) K2702 (VSUS)
VR2701 K2710 (VOFS) K2211
K2709
K2712 (VOFSUVP)
K2050 K2048 K2046
K2221 K2045 (+15V) K2049 K2047 K2044 K2043 (DGND) K2008 (DGND)
K2011 K2010 K2013 K2009 K2005 K2003 K2002 K2001 K2004 K2205
K2021 (YPR_U2) K2012 (PN MUTE) K2053 (SOFT_D) K2041 (OFS) K2039 (YSUS_MSK) K2037 (YSUS_G) K2028 (YSUS_U) VR2204 (SUS_U_ADJ) VR2203 (SUS_D_ADJ)
K2040 K2038 (YCP_MSK) (YPR_U1) K2007 K2029 (DGND) (YSUS_D) K2006 K2024 (+5V) K2027 (DGND) (YSUS_B) K2101 (DEW_DET)
VR2202 (SUS_B_ADJ) K2225 (SUS_D) VR2201 (SUS_G_ADJ) K2707 (IC5V)
K2224 (SUS_U) K3205 (SUS_D)
K2704 (VF-)
K2714 (GNDHS) K2706 (+14V) K2711 (-8V)
K2203 (SUSOUTA) VR3701 (VRN. ADJ) K3705 VRN UVP)
K2701 (VF+)
K2713 VR2702 (IC5V_ADJ) (IC5V UVP) K3214 (SUSGND) K3213 (1/2VSUS)
K2708 (VOFS) K2705 (SUSGND)
110
Y DRIVE Assy
1 1
2 2
PDP-433CMX
Adjusting Points
X DRIVE Assy
K3106 (SUSOUT_B)
3 3
K3102 (XNR_PD) K3200 (SUS_U) K3204 (SUS_U) K3203 (1/2VSUS) K3201 (SUSGND) K3014 (XNR-D1) K3012 (XSUS-D) K3707 (VRN) VR3203 (SUS-U) K3008 (PN_MUTE) K3029 VR3200 (SUS-G)
K3021 K3007 K3010 (XNR-U) K3022 K3025 K3015 K3017 (XSUS-MSK) (XCP-MSK)
K3702 (SUS. GND)
K3003 K3001 (XSUS-B) (+5V)
K3103 (VCP_PD)
VR3201 (SUS-B)
K3030
K3104 (+5V)
K3701 (VSUS)
K3704 (VRN. CNT)
4
K3018 (XNR-D2) K3013 (XSUS-G) K3004 (XSUS-U)
K3009 K3006 K3011 K3706 (X DC-DC PD) K3703 (SUS. GND) K3708 (VRN_OVP)
6.4 COMMANDS
6.4.1 RS-232C COMMANDS (for adjustment)
Command
A B ABL BRT BHI BLW BSL BHA BLA C CNT COL CDR CDB CTI CPH CFR D DW0 DWn DWF G GHI GLW GSL GHA GLA L LRY LBY M MCT MBR MCL MTI MCA P PBH PBL PGH PGL PRH PRL R RHI RLW RSL RHA RLA S SV1 SV2 SV3 SV4 SV5 SHP SHV T U TNT UP0 UPn UPF V VOF VOL VSU VPS VSI X XSB XSG Y YSB YSG YDL YOL ABL BRIGHT B HIGH B LOW B SIDE MASK LEVEL AD B HIGH AD B LOW CONTRAST COLOR CDR OFFSET CDB OFFSET CD TINT CLOCK PHASE CLOCK FREQUENCY DOWN 10 DOWN n DOWN FULL G HIGH G LOW G SIDE MASK LEVEL AD G HIGH AD G LOW R-Y LEVEL B-Y LEVEL MAT CONTRAST MAT BRIGHT MAT COLOR MAT TINT AD MAIN CONTRAST PANEL BLUE HIGH PANEL BLUE LOW PANEL GREEN HIGH PANEL GREEN LOW PANEL RED HIGH PANEL RED LOW R HIGH R LOW R SIDE MASK LEVEL AD R HIGH AD R LOW SUB VOLUME INPUT1 SUB VOLUME INPUT2 SUB VOLUME INPUT3 SUB VOLUME INPUT4 SUB VOLUME INPUT5 H.SHARP V.SHARP TINT UP10 UPn UP FULL VOFFSET ADJUST VOLUME VSUS ADJUST VERTICAL POSITION VERTICAL SIZE XSUS B XSUS G YSUS B YSUS G Y-DELAY Y-OUT LEVEL
Name
ABL level adjustment Brightness adjustment B HIGH adjustment B LOW adjustment
Function
RS-232C Factory
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
RS-232C Integrator
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Normal Validity
O O O O O O O
Direct Validity
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
UP/DOWN Validity
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
B SIDE MASK LEVEL adjustment AD B HIGH adjustment AD B LOW adjustment Contrast adjustment Color adjustment CDR OFFSET adjustment CDB OFFSET adjustment Chroma decode TINT adjustment PLL phase adjustment PLL frequency adjustment To decrease the adjustment value by 10 To decrease the adjustment value by n (n = 1, 2,8, 9) To decrease the adjustment value to the minimum G HIGH adjustment G LOW adjustment G SIDE MASK LEVEL adjustment AD G HIGH adjustment AD G LOW adjustment R-Y level adjustment B-Y level adjustment MAT CONTRAST adjustment MAT BRIGHT adjustment MAT COLOR adjustment MAT TINT adjustment AD MAIN CONTRAST adjustment BLUE HIGH-LIGHT adjustment BLUE LOW-LIGHT adjustment GREEN HIGH-LIGHT adjsutment GREEN LOW-LIGHT adjustment RED HIGH-LIGHT adjustment RED LOW-LIGHT adjustment R HIGH adjustment R LOW adjustment R SIDE MASK LEVEL adjustment AD R HIGH adjustment AD R LOW adjustment To adjust the sub-volume of INPUT1 To adjust the sub-volume of INPUT2 To adjust the sub-volume of INPUT3 To adjust the sub-volume of INPUT4 To adjust the sub-volume of INPUT5 H.SHARP/H.ENHANCE adjustment V.SHARP/V.ENHANCE adjustment TINT adjustment To increase the adjustment value by 10 To increase the adjustment value by n (n = 1,28,9) To increase the adjustment value to the maximum Vofs adjustment Audio volume adjustment Vsus adjustment Vertical position adjustment Vertical size adjustment X-SUS-B pulse adjustment X-SUS-G pulse adjustment Y-SUS-B pulse adjustment Y-SUS-G pulse adjustment Y-DELAY adjustment Y-OUT LEVEL adjustment
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
111
6.4.2 RS-232C COMMANDS (for setting)

A
Command
A AJN AJY AMN AMY AB0 AB1 AB2 AB3 B BBY BR1
Name
ADJUST NO ADJUST YES AUDIO MUTE NO AUDIO MUTE YES ABL MODE0 ABL MODE1 ABL MODE2 ABL MODE3 VIDEO RGB YES BAUD RATE1 BAUD RATE2 BAUD RATE3 BAUD RATE4 BAUD RATE5 BAUD RATE6 COLOR MODE 1 COLOR MODE 2
Function
To exit from the RS-232C Integrator mode To enter the RS-232C Integrator mode To turn the audio mute to OFF To turn the audio mute to ON To set the ABL setting to MODE0 (REFERENCE) To set the ABL setting to MODE1 (PC) To set the ABL setting to MODE2 (VIDEO60Hz) To set the ABL setting to MODE3 (VIDEO50Hz) To set the signal format to VIDEO RGB To set the RS-232C baud rate to 1200BPS To set the RS-232C baud rate to 2400BPS To set the RS-232C baud rate to 4800BPS To set the RS-232C baud rate to 9600BPS To set the RS-232C baud rate to 19200BPS To set the RS-232C baud rate to 38400BPS To set to COLOR MODE 1 To set to COLOR MODE 2
RS-232C Factory
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
RS-232C Integrator
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Normal Validity
O O O O O O O O
Direct Validity

UP/DOWN Validity

BR2 BR3 BR4 BR5 BR6 C CM1 CM2 CP1 CP2 CDE CDM CDA CT1
VIDEO COMPONENT1 YES To set the signal format to VIDEO COMPONENT1 VIDEO COMPONENT2 YES To set the signal format to VIDEO COMPONENT2 COLOR DETECT EURO COLOR DETECT ALL COLOR DETECT SA COLOR TEMP.1 COLOR TEMP.2 COLOR TEMP.3 COLOR TEMP.4 COLOR TEMP.5 CLAMP MODE1 CLAMP MODE2 OSD DISPLAY NO OSD DISPLAY YES DISPLAY OFF DRIVE ON DRIVE OFF INPUT SIGNAL DISPLAY DISPLAY2 EEPROM WRITE YES EEPROM WRITE NO FACTORY ADJUST NO FACTORY ADJUST YES FINAL SET UP FRESH POSITION FAN CONTROL AUTO FAN CONTROL MAX FULL MASK YES FULL MASK RED FULL MASK GREN FULL MASK BLUE FULL MASK NO FIX OUTPUT FREE RUN 50Hz FREE RUN 60Hz FREE RUN 70Hz GET ADJUST GET PANEL W/B GET STATUS 1 GET STATUS 2 GET POSITION DATA GET STATUS OPTION GET STATUS SET UP GET ADJUST SLOT GET ADJUST RGB To set the color detect to EURO To set the color detect to ALL To set the color detect to SA To set the color temperature to -3000K or equivalent To set the color temperature to -2000K or equivalent To set the color temperature to 0K or equivalent To set the color temperature to +1000K or equivalent To set the color temperature to +2000K or equivalent To set the clamp position to AUTO To set the clamp position to fix To prohibit OSD display To permit OSD display To turn the OSD display to OFF To turn the drive to ON To turn the drive to OFF To display current input signal information To display current various information To enter Plug & Play EEPROM writing mode To exit from Plug & Play EEPROM writing mode To exit from Factory adjustment mode To enter Factory adjustment mode To reset various settings to the factory-preset values To initialize SCREEN value of integrator To set the fan roll control to AUTO To set the fan roll control to MAX To set to FULL MASK (white) To set to FULL MASK (red) To set to FULL MASK (green) To set to FULL MASK (blue) To release the FULL MASK To fix the audio output To set the free-running to 50Hz in the MASK setting To set the free-running to 60Hz in the MASK setting To set the free-running to 70Hz in the MASK setting To obtain various adjustment values of the display from EEPROM To obtain the panel W/B information from EEPROM To obtain the version information of microcomputer from To obtain the PD information and temperature information from EEPROM TxD outputs of the positioning data TxD outputs of data on various OPTION settings TxD outputs of data on various SETUP settings TxD outputs of data of picture quality setting of SLOT TxD outputs of data of picture quality adjustment (RGB 1)
CT2 CT3 CT4 CT5 CL1 CL2 D DIN DIY DOF DRN DRF DSP
It is valid in the RS-232C factory and STB O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
D
E
DS2 EWY EWN F FAN FAY FST FRP FCA FCM FMY FMR FMG
FMB FMN FXO F50 F60 F70 G GAJ GPW GS1 GS2 GPS GSO
GSS GAS GAR
112
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
Command
G GWB GPD H HCN HCY HMS HMD H80 H35 I IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IMN IMY IDC IDS K KLN KLY M M00 M01 M02 M03 M04 M05 M06 M07 M08 M09 M10 M11 M12 M13 M14 M51 M52 M53 M54 M55 M56 M57 M58 M59 M60 M61 M62 M63 M64 M65 M66 MG1 MG2 MG3 MG4 MGY MGN MMN MMX MMY MMZ MTN MTY
Name
GET WHITE BALANCE GET POWER DOWN HIGH CONTRAST NO HIGH CONTRAST YES HOUR METER SET HOUR METER DISP. HDTV MODE 1080 i HDTV MODE 1035 i INPUT1 INPUT2 INPUT3 INPUT4 INPUT5 INTEGRATOR MODE NO INTEGRATOR MODE YES ID CLEAR ID SET KEY LOCK NO KEY LOCK YES MASK 00 MASK 01 MASK 02 MASK 03 MASK 04 MASK 05 MASK 06 MASK 07 MASK 08 MASK 09 MASK 10 MASK 11 MASK 12 MASK 13 MASK 14 MASK 51 MASK 52 MASK 53 MASK 54 MASK 55 MASK 56 MASK 57 MASK 58 MASK 59 MASK 60 MASK 61 MASK 62 MASK 63 MASK 64 MASK 65 MASK 66 2X2MODE LEFT UPPER 2X2MODE LEFT LOWER 2X2MODE RIGHT UPPER 2X2MODE RIGHT LOWER 2X2MODE YES 2X2MODE NO MIRROR MODE NO MIRROR MODE X MIRROR MODE Y MIRROR MODE XY VIDEO MUTE NO VIDEO MUTE YES
Function
TxD outputs of data of picture quality setting of RGB1 TxD outputs of POWER DOWN information To turn the high contrast setting to OFF To turn the high contrast setting to ON To set the hour meter to optional time To display the hour meter To set the HDTV mode to 1080 i To set the HDTV mode to 1035 i To select INPUT1 To select INPUT2 To select INPUT3 To select INPUT4 To select INPUT5 To set the Integrator mode to LOCK To set the Integrator mode to UNLOCK To clear the ID To set the ID To permit main unit key / remote control unit operation To prohibit main unit key / remote control unit operation Mask mode OFF Pattern 1 (ramp) Pattern 2 (color bars) Pattern 3 (slanting lines) Pattern 4 (for W/B measurement) Pattern 5 (for W/B adjustment) Pattern 6 (for W/B peak measurement) Pattern 7 (for peak measurement) Pattern 8 (reservation) Pattern 9 (for SCAN IC protection test) Pattern 10 (for SCAN IC protection test) Pattern 11 (reservation) Pattern 12 (reservation) Pattern 13 (reservation) Pattern 14 (reservation) Full mask (white) Full mask (cyan 274) Full mask (mazenta 135) Full mask (flesh color) Full mask (cyan 1023) Full mask (light purple 5) Full mask (sky blue) Full mask (red) Full mask (green) Full mask (blue) Full mask (black) Full mask (reservation) Full mask (reservation) Full mask (reservation) Full mask (reservation) Full mask (reservation) Four enlarged setting: Upper left Four enlarged setting: Lower left Four enlarged setting: Upper right Four enlarged setting: Lower right To turn the four sides multi to ON To turn the four sides multi to OFF To turn the mirror mode to OFF (normal display) Right and left reversing display Top and bottom reversing display Top/bottom and right/left reversing display To turn the video mute of IC30 to OFF To turn the video mute of IC30 to ON
RS-232C Factory
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
RS-232C Integrator
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Normal Validity
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Direct Validity
O O
UP/DOWN Validity

PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
113
A
Command
M MCY MCN N NMY NMN NTS NT4 NRN NRL NRM NRH O
Name
MASK CONTROL YES MASK CONTROL NO NEGATIVE MODE YES NEGATIVE MODE NO COLOR SYSTEM NTSC COLOR SYSTEM 4.43NTSC DIGITAL NR OFF DIGITAL NR LOW DIGITAL NR MIDDLE DIGITAL NR HIGH OFFSET YES
Function
To permit automatic mask display position setting To release automatic mask display position setting To turn the inverse mode (negative positive inverting) to ON To turn the inverse mode (negative positive inverting) to OFF To set the COLOR SYSTEM setting to NTSC To set the COLOR SYSTEM setting to 4.43NTSC To set the DIGITAL NR setting to OFF To set the DIGITAL NR setting to LOW To set the DIGITAL NR setting to MIDDLE To set the DIGITAL NR setting to HIGH To set the OFFSET adjustment mode to ON
RS-232C Factory
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
RS-232C Integrator
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Normal Validity
O O O O O O O O O O O
Direct Validity
O
UP/DOWN Validity

OFY OCY OCN OMY OMN
FIELD OFFSET CHANGE YES To set the field AB offset to ON FIELD OFFSET CHANGE NO ORBITER MODE YES ORBITER MODE NO ACL SW OFF COLOR SYSTEM PAL ACL SW ON PC AUTO PC RGB YES PC WIDE YES BRIGHT ENHANCE OFF BRIGHT ENHANCE ON PULSE METER SET PULSE METER DISP COLOR SYSTEM PAL-M COLOR SYSTEM PAL-N POWER ON POWER OFF PANEL COLOR TEMP0 PANEL COLOR TEMP1 PANEL COLOR TEMP2 AUTO POWER OFF OFF POWER MANAGEMENT AUTO POWER OFF ON POWER MANAGEMENT ON PURECINEMA OFF PURECINEMA STANDARD PURECINEMA HQ POWER CONTROL STANDARD CONTROL MODE1 POWER CONTROL MODE2 PICTURE DEFAULT REFERENCE YES COLOR SYSTEM SECAM STANDARD W/B SCREEN MODE 0 SCREEN MODE 1 SCREEN MODE 2 SCREEN MODE 3 SCREEN MODE 5 STILL YES STILL NO COLOR SYSTEM AUTO VIDEO FULL DISPLAY YES VIDEO FULL DISPLAY NO VARIABLE OUTPUT 3S Y/C MOTION 3D Y/C STILL To set the field AB offset to OFF To set the orbiter mode to ON To set the orbiter mode to OFF To set the ACL SW to OFF To set the COLOR SYSTEM setting to PAL To set the ACL SW to ON To set the INPUT setting to PC AUTO (auto) To set the INPUT setting to PC: RGB (VGA or XGA) To set the INPUT setting to PC: RGB (WVGA or WXGA) To set the center brightness correction function to OFF To set the center brightness correction function to ON To set the pulse meter To display the pulse meter To set the COLOR SYSTEM setting to PAL-M To set the COLOR SYSTEM setting to PAL-N Power ON Power OFF Panel color temperature 0 (REFERENCE value) Panel color temperature 1 Panel color temperature 2 To set the AUTO POWER OFF / POWER MANAGEMENT setting to OFF To set the AUTO POWER OFF setting to ON To set the POWER MANAGEMENT setting to ON To set the PURECINEMA to OFF To set the PURECINEMA to STANDARD To set the PURECINEMA to HQ (HIGH QUALITY) To set the power control to OFF (STANDARD mode) To set the power control to MODE1 (Power-saving mode) To set the power control to MODE2 (Longevity life mode) To execute PICTURE DEFAULT To enter reference adjustment mode To set the COLOR SYSTEM setting to SECAM To reset the PIC and W/B of integrator to factory default values To set the screen size to DOT BY DOT To set the screen size to 4:3 To set the screen size to FULL To set the screen size to ZOOM To set the screen size to WIDE To set the STILL setting to ON To set the STILL setting to OFF To set the COLOR SYSTEM setting to AUTO To start 100% display To finish 100% display To set the audio output to variable To set the 3D Y/C setting to MOTION To set the 3D Y/C setting to STILL
PAF PAL PAN PCA PCY PWY PLN PLY
PMS PMD PMY PNY PON POF PT0 PT1 PT2 PSN PS1
PS2 PUN PUS PUH PWN PWL PWS PDF R S RFY SCM STD SM0
SM1 SM2 SM3 SM5 SLY SLN T V TVA VFY VFN VRO Y YCM YCS
114
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
6.4.3 GET COMMAND
Command Description
Command
GAJ GPW GS1 GS2 GAS GAR GPS GPD GSD GWB GSS GSO
Function
Outputting data for electronic-control-adjustment values and drive-system-adjustment values Outputting data related to the white-balance adjustment for the panel Outputting data such as version information, and data from the hour meter and pulse meter Outputting data for power down, temperature and condensation information Outputting data related to the picture quality setting of SLOT Outputting data related to the picture quality (RGB1 of the Factory menu) Outputting data related to SCREEN adjustment data Outputting data on PD information of Service Factory menu (past eight times) Outputting TxD data on SD information of Service Factory menu Outputting data related to picture quality / white balance Outputting data on SETUP items of menu mode / Integrator menu Outputting data on OPTION items of menu mode / Integrator menu
B
GAJ: Outputting data for electronic-control-adjustment values and drive-system-adjustment values

Data are output according to the transmission order and size of the table below. This command is invalid in modes other than RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode.
Order
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Data Contents
Setting mode of electric power upper limit value (Reference data) Electric power upper limit value (Offset data) (ABL) Vsus adjustment value (Reference data) Vofs adjustment value V-SUS-B adjustment value V-SUS-G adjustment value Y-SUS-B adjustment value Y-SUS-G adjustment value (Reference data) (Reference data) (Reference data) (Reference data) (Reference data)
Size
3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte (Note 1)
Remarks
AB* ( *: 0 to 3)
(Note 1) : If data are output when the Reference mode is selected, the same data as the reference data are output as the offset data.
GPW (Get Panel White balance): Outputting data related to the white-balance adjustment for the panel
Data are output according to the transmission order and size of the table below. This command is invalid in modes other than the RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode.
Order
1 2
Data Contents
Panel color temperature mode
Size
3 byte
Remarks
PT* ( *: 0 to 3)
(Reference data) 3 byte Gain of W/B adjustment value (Offset data) 3 byte (Note 1) Red 4 (Reference data) 3 byte Gain of W/B adjustment value 5 (Offset data) 3 byte (Note 1) Green 6 (Reference data) 3 byte Gain of W/B adjustment value 7 (Offset data) 3 byte (Note 1) Blue 8 (Reference data) 3 byte Offset of W/B adjustment value 9 (Offset data) 3 byte (Note 1) Red 10 (Reference data) 3 byte Offset of W/B adjustment value 11 (Offset data) 3 byte (Note 1) Green 12 (Reference data) 3 byte Offset of W/B adjustment value 13 (Offset data) 3 byte (Note 1) Blue (Note 1) : If data are output when the Reference mode is selected, the same data as the reference data are output as the offset data. 3
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
115
GS1: Outputting data such as version information, and data from the hour meter and pulse meter
Data are output according to the transmission order and size of the table below. This command is invalid in modes other than RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode.
Order
1 2 3 4 5
B
Data Contents
Display information Module microcomputer model number Module microcomputer version Panel microcomputer version Panel /FLASH ROM version Hour meter (hour) Pulse meter Main microcomputer model number Main microcomputer version Wide microcomputer version Wide /FLASH ROM version
Size
3 byte 4 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 5 byte 7 byte 4 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte Unit: H (hour) See below 5691 or F691
Remarks
6 7 8 9 10 11
Unit: 0.01G (10,000,000) 5692
Display Information
Data
MX5
C
Model
PDP-503CMX/MXE (initial value) PDP-433CMX/MXE Module 50 inches Module 43 inches PDP-503HD PDP-433HD
MX4 MD5 MD4 HD5 HD4
GS2: Outputting data for power down, temperature and condensation information
D
Data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. This command is valid only in the following cases: in RS-232C Factory adjustment mode, during power-down or shutdown, and for 30 seconds until a shutdown occurs because of condensation formed inside the unit or audio failure. Note: During power-down, when a failure occurs, or for 30 seconds until a shutdown occurs, data can be obtained by directly executing "GS2" without executing "FAY." However, the ID must be set beforehand.
Order
1 2 3 4 5 6
E
Data Contents
AC information Service parts distinction Hour meter (hour, minute) Power-down information Temperature information Condensation information Panel microcomputer communication DIGITAL EEPROM communication DIGITAL EXPANDER communication Temperature information (TEMP2) Temperature information (TEMP3) Module microcomputer communication Wide microcomputer communication MAIN IIC MAIN EEPROM IIC AUDIO failure FAN failure
Size
1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 2 byte 3 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 3 byte 3 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte Always 0 (not used)
Remarks
0: DIGITAL ASSY adjustment done 1: DIGITAL ASSY not adjusted (Service Assy) *****H**M 1st/2nd () 8 bit 1: Condensation 1: Communication failure 1: Communication failure 1: Communication failure 8 bit 8 bit 1: Communication failure 1: Communication failure 1: Communication failure 1: Communication failure 1: AUDIO failure 1: FAN failure
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17
116
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
() See the table below on contents of PD information.
Data
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 None Y-DRIVE
Power-Down Point
Y-DC/DC CONVERTER X-DC/DC CONVERTER X-DRIVE Power supply ADDRESS junction ADDRESS resonance DC/DC CONVERTER (DIGITAL)
B
GAS (Get Adjust Slot): Outputting data related to the picture quality setting
Data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. Data for the SLOT section of the Factory menu are output. This command is invalid when the current input function is one other than VIDEO input of the SLOT system. This command is invalid when no SLOT is connected or when a SLOT from another vendor is connected. This command is invalid in modes other than RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode.
Order
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Y-DELAY
Data Contents
(Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data)
Size
3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1)
Remarks
Y-OUT LEVEL
CD TINT
CDR OFFSET
CDB OFFSET
R-Y LEVEL
B-Y LEVEL
(Note 1) : If data are output when Reference mode is selected, the same data as the reference data are output as the offset data.
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
117
GAR: Output data related to the picture quality (RGB1 of the Factory menu)
Data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. This command is invalid in modes other than RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode.
Order
1 2 3 4 5
B
Data Contents
AD MAIN CONT (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data)
Size
3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte (Note 1)
Remarks
(Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2)
AD R HIGH
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
AD G HIGH
AD B HIGH
AD R LOW
AD G LOW
AD B LOW
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
MAT CONT
MAT BRIGHT
MAT COLOR
MAT TINT
(Note 1) As for the setting data not related to the current input function/input signal/setting, dummy data are output. (Note 2) If data are output when the Reference mode is selected, the same data as the reference data are output as the offset data.
D
GPS: Output data related to SCREEN adjustment data

Data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. All data are data of an Integrator area. This command is valid only in Normal Operation mode and RS-232C Integrator Adjustment mode.
Order
1 2 3
E
Data Contents
H.POSITION V.POSITION CLOCK PHASE V.SIZE
Size
3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte (Note 1) (Note 1)
Remarks
4 5
(Note 1) When the current input signal mode is VIDEO or INPUT 5(DVI), dummy data(*) are output as adjustment data.
118
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
GPD (Get Power Down), PD (Power Down) : Outputting data on PD INFORMATION of the Service
Factory MENU
The acquired data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. This command is valid only in RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode and during power-down. Note: During power-down, data can be obtained by directly executing "GPD" without executing "FAY." However, the ID must be set beforehand.
Order
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Data Contents
The latest "1stPD INFO" The latest "2ndPD INFO" Hour meter information of the latest PD Second latest "1st PD INFO" Second latest "2nd PD INFO" Hour meter information of the second latest PD Third latest "1st PD INFO" Third latest "2nd PD INFO" Hour meter information of the third latest PD Fourth latest "1st PD INFO" Fourth latest "2nd PD INFO" Hour meter information of the fourth latest PD Fifth latest "1st PD INFO" Fifth latest "2nd PD INFO" Hour meter information of the fifth latest PD Sixth latest "1st PD INFO" Sixth latest "2nd PD INFO" Hour meter information of the sixth latest PD Seventh latest "1st PD INFO" Seventh latest "2nd PD INFO" Hour meter information of the seventh latest PD Eighth latest "1st PD INFO" Eighth latest "2nd PD INFO" Hour meter information of the eighth latest PD
Size
1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte (Note 1) (Note 1)
Remarks
Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE (Note 1) (Note 1) Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE (Note 1) (Note 1) Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE (Note 1) (Note 1) Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE (Note 1) (Note 1) Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE (Note 1) (Note 1) Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE (Note 1) (Note 1) Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE (Note 1) (Note 1) Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE
(Note 1) See the table below on PD information
Data
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 None Y-DRIVE
Power Down Point
Y-DC/DC CONVERTER X-DC/DC CONVERTER X-DRIVE Power supply ADDRESS junction ADDRESS resonance DC/DC CONVERTER (DIGITAL)
E
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
119
GSD (Get Shut Down) : Outputting TxD data on SD (Shut Down) INFORMATION of
Service Factory MENU
The acquired data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. This command is valid only in RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode and during shut down (for 30 seconds until a shutdown occurs or standby). Note: During power-down, data can be obtained by directly executing "GPD" without executing "FAY." However, the ID must be set beforehand. Table 1: GSD
Order
1
B
Data Contents
The latest "SD INFO" First latest "SD INFO" Second latest "SD INFO" Third latest "SD INFO" Fourth latest "SD INFO" Fifth latest "SD INFO" Sixth latest "SD INFO" Seventh latest "SD INFO"
Size
1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte
Remarks
(Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1)
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(Note 1) See the table below on SD information
Table 2: SD contents
GET Data
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
D
Shut Down Point

Panel microcomputer communication failure Module IIC communication failure Condensation Temperature abnormality FAN abnormality Module microcomputer communication failure Wide microcomputer communication failure Main IIC communication failure AUDIO failure
8 9
120
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
GWB (Get White Balance): Outputting data related to picture quality / white balance
Data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. This command is valid only in Normal Operation mode, RS-232C Integrator Adjustment mode, and RS-232C Factory adjustment mode. In Normal Operation mode and RS-232C Integrator Adjustment mode, data for the current signal and color mode of the current input function in the Integrator area are output. In RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode, RGB2 data for the Factory mode are output.
Order
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Data Contents
CONTRAST
Size
3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 2)
Remarks
BRIGHT
COLOR
TINT
R HIGH
G HIGH
B HIGH
R LOW
G LOW
B LOW H.ENHANCE (H.SHARP) V.ENHANCE (V.SHARP)
(Note 1) As for the setting data not related to the current input function/input signal/setting, dummy data are output. (Note 2) If data are output when the Reference mode is selected, the same data as the reference data are output as the offset data.
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
121
GSS: Outputting data on SETUP items of the menu mode / Integrator menu
Data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. This command is valid only in Normal Operation mode, RS-232C Integrator Adjustment mode, and RS-232C Factory adjustment mode.
Order
Data Contents
Size
Output
1: COLOR TEMP1 2: COLOR TEMP2 3: COLOR TEMP3 4: COLOR TEMP4 5: COLOR TEMP5 0: OFF 1: LOW 2: MIDDLE 3: HIGH 0: OFF, 1: ON Same as the RS-232C command Same as the RS-232C command 1: AUTO 2: LOCKED M: MOTION S: STILL Same as the RS-232C command 0: OFF 1 to 4: MG1 to MG4 (See "MAGNIFY") 0: OFF, 1: ON Same as the RS-232C command 1: COMPONENT1 2: COMPONENT2 IN* 0: DOT BY DOT 1: 4:3 (TYPE) 2: FULL (TYPE) 3: ZOOM 5: WIDE 6: 100% display 0 to 60 0 to 60 0 to 60 0 to 60 0 to 60
Remarks
COLOR TEMP
1 byte
(Note 1)
DIGITAL NR
1 byte
(Note 1)
3 4 5 6 7 8
C
HIGH CONTRAST PURECINEMA COLOR SYSTEM CLAMP 3DY/C SETTING/VIDEO SIGNAL 2X2MODE BRIGHT ENHANCE HDTV MODE VIDEO INPUT Input function
1 byte 3 byte 3 byte 1 byte 1 byte 3 byte 1 byte 1 byte 3 byte 1 byte 3 byte
(Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1)
9 10 11 12 13
(Note 1) (Note 1)
14
D
Screen size
1 byte
15 16 17 18 19
SUB VOLUME (INPUT1) SUB VOLUME (INPUT2) SUB VOLUME (INPUT3) SUB VOLUME (INPUT4) SUB VOLUME (INPUT5)
2 byte 2 byte 2 byte 2 byte 2 byte
(Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1)
(Note 1) As for the setting data not related to the current input function/input signal/setting, dummy data are output.
122
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
GSO: Outputting data on OPTION items of the menu mode / Integrator menu
Data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. This command is valid only in Normal Operation mode, RS-232C Integrator Adjustment mode, and RS-232C Factory adjustment mode.
Order
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Data Contents
POWER CONTROL OSD display FULL MASK R SIDE MASK LEVEL G SIDE MASK LEVEL B SIDE MASK LEVEL MASK CONTROL ORBITER MODE INVERSE MODE COLOR MODE
Size
3 byte 1 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte
Output
Same as the RS-232C command 0: OSD display prohibition 1: OSD display permission
Remarks
Display a RS-232C command of currently set MASK Adjustment value Adjustment value Adjustment value 0: OFF, 1: ON 0: OFF, 1: ON 0: OFF, 1: ON 1: COLOR MODE1 2: COLOR MODE2 X: Right and left inverting Y: Top and bottom inverting Z: Top/bottom and right/left inverting N: OFF A: AUTO M: MAX 0: VIDEO (RGB) 1: COMPONENT1 2: COMPONENT2 A/D input value
B
11
MIRROR MODE
1 byte
12 13 14 15 16 17
FAN CONTROL MONITOR NAME SLOT INPUT TEMPERATURE HOUR METER KEY LOCK
1 byte 12 byte 1 byte 3 byte 5 byte 1 byte
(Note 1) (Note 2) Unit : H
0: Lock release 1: Lock
(Note 1) Dummy data (*) are output when a SLOT manufactured by Pioneer is connected.
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
123
7. GENERAL INFORMATION
7.1 DIAGNOSIS
A
7.1.1 CONFIGURATION OF THE PC BOARD
ADR CONNECT A Assy
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy
BRIDGE A Assy B THERMAL SENSOR Assy SCAN (A) Assy Y DRIVE Assy ADR CONNECT B Assy SUB ADDRESS A Assy RESONANCE Assy ADR CONNECT C Assy BRIDGE B Assy
SW POWER SUPPLY Module SLOT CONNECTOR Assy ADR CONNECT D Assy
SCAN (B) Assy IR Assy SIDE KEY Assy KEY CONNECTOR Assy
X CONNECTOR (A) Assy MX AUDIO Assy
SP OUT R Assy ADR CONNECT D Assy CONTROL Assy BRIDGE C Assy I/O Assy ADR CONNECT C Assy RGB Assy RESONANCE Assy SUB ADDRESS B Assy ADR CONNECT B Assy BRIDGE D Assy ADR CONNECT A Assy
X DRIVE Assy
X CONNECTOR (B) Assy
SP OUT L Assy
MX LED Assy
Rear View F
124
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
7.1.2 DIAGNOSIS FOR SHUTDOWN AND POWER-DOWN BY LED

A
This unit has self-diagnosis functions against abnormalities in the internal circuits and other operational abnormalities, and if any abnormality is detected, the STANDBY/ON indicator (LED) blinks to alert you of it. How the indicator blinks and possible failure points and power-down points are explained below:
Shutdown
Operations : When a microcomputer detected abnormality, it turns the power supply OFF. LED display : Blinking in green Example: How the LED blinks when DIGITAL-IIC communications fail
Green LED lights for 200 msec. Extinguished for 100 msec Green LED lights for 200 msec.
Extinguished for 3 sec
Number of blinking
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Reason
Panel Microcomputer failure DIGITAL-IIC communication failure Condensation Temperature abnormality FAN abnormality Module microcomputer failure Wide microcomputer failure RGB-IIC communication failure Audio failure
How to release shutdown

If the Power key on the remote control unit is pressed, the shutdown status is released, and the unit will be turned on. (It is not necessary to press the MAIN POWER button to turn off the unit.)
Power-down
Operations : In an emergency, the protection circuits are activated, and the power is turned off. LED display : Blinking in red Note: If more than two protection circuits are activated at almost the same time, the LED indicates this by its blinking-pattern. Example: How the LED blinks for the first power-down (Y-DC/DC CONVERTER) and the second power-down (Y DRIVE)
1st power-down information Red LED lights for 200 msec. Extinguished for 100 msec Red LED lights for 200 msec. Extinguished for 1 sec 2nd power-down information Red LED lights for 200 msec.
D
Extinguished for 3 sec
Number of blinks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Failure Point
Y-DRIVE Y-DC/DC CONVERTER X-DC/DC CONVERTER X-DRIVE Power supply Address junction Address resonance DIGITAL-DC/DC CONVERTER
How to release power-down

Set the MAIN POWER button to OFF, and wait for about 30 seconds until the LED for PD (power-down) in the power-supply module is extinguished. Wait another 5 seconds, then recover the unit by setting the MAIN POWER button to ON. Note: After power-down is released, the unit restarts and goes to Standby mode.
F
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
125
126
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
IC5601 Wide UCOM IC5602 Wide UCOM external Flash ROM IC1191 Panel UCOM external Flash ROM IC1101 Panel UCOM
Block Diagram of the Shutdown Signal System ("STANDBY/ON" LED: Blinking in green)
RGB ASSY
THERMAL SENSOR ASSY

TE1
MX AUDIO ASSY
D18
RXD BUSY REQ_WU
TXD CLK *WU_CE RXD BUSY REQ_PU
TXD CLK *PU_CE
IC8351 Thermal Sensor 1
FAN
A6
OR IC1207 Module UCOM DEW_DET 3 IC5502 EEPROM
5 FAN_NG 6
R3 TEMP1 4 D3
TXD0 RXD0
2
IC5505 Main UCOM
(E)SCL (E)SDA
FAN
Y DRIVE ASSY
D6 IC1204 EEPROM Y2 CN2002 Moisture Sensor
A7
A5
R8
IC8601 Audio Amp.
9 AUDIO_NG 4 TEMP3 8
IC4402 Matrix IC
SCL SDA
A3
SP (L) ASSY
4 TEMP2 8
R1 S2 S3 V1 IC7103 Expander IC7104 EEPROM
PDP-433CMX
D1
SCL SDA
SPL1
SLOT CONNECTOR ASSY
SW POWER SUPPLY MODULE

Expander
P2
3
IC7302 Chroma Decode IC7202 3D Y/C & CNR
VIDEO SLOT ST1 ASSY
Note: The figures 1 - 8 indicate the number of times the "STANDBY/ON" LED blinks when shutdown occurs in the corresponding route.
Diagnosis Method in Shutdown

The data on the past eight shutdowns are stored in memory.
1 OSD display of the Shutdown NG history

The shutdown NG history is displayed in "INFORMATION" of the Factory menu.
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
I N FO NG
5
#1 S1 I N4 0 2 2 NT
I N FO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 W I DE W I DE MO D U L E MA I N I I C
10
15 16
Display of the PD contents
Shutdown Point
OSD Display
PANEL MOD IIC DEW TEMP FAN MODULE WIDE MAIN IIC AUDIO
C
2 Shutdown NG history by RS-232C command "GSD"

Order
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Data Contents
The latest "SD INFO" First latest "SD INFO" Second latest "SD INFO" Third latest "SD INFO" Fourth latest "SD INFO" Fifth latest "SD INFO" Sixth latest "SD INFO" Seventh latest "SD INFO"
Size
1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte
D
Shutdown Point
OSD Data
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
127
Shutdown diagnosis 1 Panel microcomputer failure

1
Screen display
1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
Condition : When the module microcomputer failed in communication with the panel microcomputer Results : An OSD is displayed for 30 seconds after the failure is detected; then the power is shut down.
Possible causes
Open/short-circuit of the communication lines in the assembly
B
10
S H U T DOWN
15 16
2 DIGITAL-IIC communication failure

Condition : When the module microcomputer failed in communication with an external EEPROM or EXPANDER Results : An OSD is displayed for 30 seconds after the failure is detected; then the power is shut down. Note: A DIGITAL-IIC communication failure may occur in Standby mode.
1 1
10
15
20
25
30 32
10
Possible causes
Open / Short-circuit of communication line in the assemblies. Breaking of wire between the following point: DIGITAL VIDEO Assy (D1) SW POWER SUPPLY Module (P2).
15 16
S H U T DOWN
3 Condensation detection
Condition : When condensation has formed inside the unit Results : As soon as condensation is detected, the unit will shut down.
Possible cause other than condensation

Disconnection of CN2002 between the condensation sensor and the Y DRIVE Assy
4 Abnormally high temperature

D
1 1
10
15
20
25
30 32
Condition : When the internal temperature of the unit becomes abnormally high Results : An OSD is displayed for 30 seconds after the failure is detected; then the power is shut down.
WAR N I NG THERMAL ALERT

10
Possible causes if this abnormality occurs in an environment in which the temperature is not so high
Disconnection between the SP TERMINA (L) Assy (SPL1) and MX AUDIO Assy (A3). Disconnection between the MX AUDIO Assy (A5) and RGB Assy (R8). Disconnection between the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy (D18) and temperature sensor 1 (TE1).
E
15 16
Reference
Shutdown temperature of each temperature sensor TEMP2 data 150 ( 80C) TEMP3 data 117 ( 64C) As for the TEMP 1 sensor, a shutdown occurs when a disconnection of connectors is detected, but does not occur because of temperature. Temperature displayed in "INFORMATION" of the Factory menu TEMP1 (C) TEMP1 (data) -50 TEMP2 (C) TEMP2 (data) /2+5 TEMP3 (C) TEMP3 (data) /2+5
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
I N FO T EM P E R A T UR E
5
#1 S1 I N1 0 6 2 NT
T E MP 1 T EMP 2 T E MP 3
10
: 128 : 104 : 088 : 135
FAN
15 16
128
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
5 FAN failure
Condition : Fan failure Results : An OSD is displayed for 30 seconds after the failure is detected; then the power is shut down. Note: Fan failure is detected only in the following cases: When the FAN CONTROL is set to MAX When the FAN CONTROL is set to AUTO, and the temperature at the TEMP3 sensor is 30C or higher (Fan failure is not detected while the fan is not activated even if connectors become disconnected.) Possible causes Disconnection of a junction connector between FAN (A6) and the MX AUDIO Assy (A7). Disconnection of a connector between the MX AUDIO Assy (A5) and the RGB Assy (R8). Forced stop of the fan caused by a foreign object being caught in the fan.
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
WAR N I NG FAN
10
FAILURE
15 16
6 Module microcomputer failure

Condition : When the main microcomputer has failed in communication with the module microcomputer Results : An OSD is displayed for 30 seconds after the failure is detected; then the power is shut down. Note: A module microcomputer communication failure may occur in Standby mode. Possible causes Open / Short-circuit of communication line in the Assy. Disconnection of a connector between the RGB Assy (R3) and the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy (D3). Writing defectiveness of module microcomputer (IC1207) software.
1 1
10
15
20
25
30 32
10
S H U T DOWN
15 16 1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
7 Wide microcomputer failure

Condition : When the main microcomputer failed in communication with the wide microcomputer Results : An OSD is displayed for 30 seconds after the failure is detected; then the power is shut down. Possible causes Open / Short-circuit of communication line in the Assy. Writing defectiveness of the wide-microcomputer (IC5601) software. Writing defectiveness of the external Flash ROM (IC5602) of the wide-microcomputer.
10
S H U T DOWN
15 16
8 RGB-IIC communication failure

Condition : When the main microcomputer failed in IIC communication Results : An OSD is displayed for 30 seconds after the failure is detected; then the power is shut down. Note: An RGB-IIC communication failure may occur in Standby mode. Possible causes Open / Short-circuit of communication line in the Assy. Incomplete insertion of a SLOT or a SLOT junction PC board Note: In a case of incomplete insertion of a SLOT, the following symptoms may occur in addition to the above results. Audio signals to INPUT 3 and INPUT 4 are not output. Switching to INPUTs 3-5 (SLOT function) is impossible. Video signals to INPUT 1 and INPUT 2 are not displayed.
1 1
10
15
20
25
30 32
10
S H U T DOWN
15 16
9 Audio failure
Condition : When a DC component is added on the speaker output line Results : The power is shut down as soon as a failure is detected. Possible causes Disconnection of a connector between the MX AUDIO Assy (A5) and the RGB Assy (R8). Short-circuiting between + and - of C8615 and C8622.
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
129
130
X DRIVE ASSY
X Drive X1 X DC-DC DIGITAL DC-DC
IC1201-pin 8
Block Diagram of the Power Down Signal System ("STANDBY/ON" LED: Blinking red)
1
4 P4 3 8 Address PD Mute AND D1 P2 6 OR 7
D1202 Cathode DIG_ADR.PD
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
D8 - D11
ADR CONNECT ASSY (Upper) OR
SW POWER SUPPLY MODULE
2
PD Circuit 5
IC1201-pin 6
OR
D12 - D15
OR
PDP-433CMX
1 P3
PD_TRIGGER
ADR CONNECT ASSY (Lower)
Relay Circuit
OR
3
Y Drive
RESONANCE ASSY (Upper)
D16
OR
RESONANCE ASSY (Lower) Y DC-DC
Y1
D17
Y DRIVE ASSY
Note: The figures 1 - 8 indicate the number of times the "STANDBY/ON" LED blinks when shutdown occurs in the corresponding route.
Types and function of the various protection circuits (P.D. circuits)

Assy Name OSD Display
Y-DRV Red "STANDBY/ ON" LED Number of Blinks 1
Type of P.D. Circuits

VCP OCP VOFS OVP VOFS UVP
Function
P.D. by VCP overcurrent P.D. by VOFS overvoltage P.D. by VOFS undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by VH overvoltage P.D. by VH undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by IC5V undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by VRN overvoltage P.D. by VRN undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by VCP overcurrent P.D. by VSUS overvoltage P.D. by VSUS undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by VADR overvoltage P.D. by VADR undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by 15V overvoltage P.D. by 15V undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by 12V undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by 6.5V overvoltage P.D. by 6.5V undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by 13.5V undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by -9V undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by +B overvoltage P.D. by +B overcurrent P.D. by AC200V applied PFC module overheat protection VSUS arc resistance overheat protection
Remarks
Y DRIVE Assy
Y-DDC
VH OVP VH UVP IC5V UVP VRN OVP VRN UVP VCP OCP VSUS OVP VSUS UVP VADR OVP VADR UVP 15V OVP 15V UVP 12V UVP
X-DDC X DRIVE Assy X-DRV
3 4
POWER
6.5V OVP 6.5V UVP 13.5V UVP -9V UVP +B OVP +B OCP AC200V P.D.
ADR CONNECT Assy RESONANCE Assy
ADRES ADR-K
6 7
ADR.PD ADR.K.PD 5.0V OVP 5.0V UVP 3.3V OVP 3.3V UVP 2.5V OVP 2.5V UVP
P.D. by disconnection of the connectors P.D. by ICP open and TCP defective P.D. by 5V overvoltage P.D. by 5V undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by 3.3V overvoltage P.D. by 3.3V undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by 2.5V overvoltage P.D. by 2.5V undervoltage (= overcurrent)
D
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy
DC-DC
Reference OVP : Over Voltage Protect UVP : Under Voltage Protect OCP : Over Current Protect PD : Power Down
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
131
Diagnosis Method in Power Down

The data (1st/2nd/time stamp) on the past eight power-downs are stored in memory.
1 OSD display of the PD history

The PD history displayed in "INFORMATION" of the Factory menu.
Display of PD point
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 32
I N FO PD
5
#1 S1 I N4 0 2 2 NT
I N FO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 ST X DDC ADR K Y DR V ADRES 2 ND X DDC D C DC 0 5 1 4 8 H 2 5M 0 2 2 4 8 H 1 4M 0 1 3 5 8 H 3 6M 0 0 3 4 8 H 1 5M 0 0 0 0 0 H 0 0M 0 0 0 0 0 H 0 0M 0 0 0 0 0 H 0 0M 0 0 0 0 0 H 0 0M
B
10
15 16
Power-Down Point Y-DRIVE Y-DC/DC COVERTER X-DC/DC CONVERTER X-DRIVE Power supply ADDRESS junction ADDRESS resonance DC/DC CONVERTER (DIGITAL)
OSD Display Y-DRV Y-DDC X-DDC X-DRV POWER ADRES ADR-K DC-DC
Time stamp display [OOOOOH] : HOUR, [OOM] : MINUTE Example: Time stamp display is [65432H10M] 65432 hours 10 minutes
2 Retrieval of PD history by RS-232C command "GPD" Data of PD point

Order 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Data contents The latest "1st PD" point The latest "2nd PD" point The latest PD time stamp Second latest "1st PD" point Second latest "2nd PD" point Second latest PD time stamp Third latest "1st PD" point Third latest "2nd PD" point Third latest PD time stamp Fourth latest "1st PD" point Fourth latest "2nd PD" point Fourth latest PD time stamp Fifth latest "1st PD" point Fifth latest "2nd PD" point Fifth latest PD time stamp Sixth latest "1st PD" point Sixth latest "2nd PD" point Sixth latest PD time stamp Seventh latest "1st PD" point Seventh latest "2nd PD" point Seventh latest PD time stamp Eighth latest "1st PD" point Eighth latest "2nd PD" point Eighth latest PD time stamp Size 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte Power-Down Point Y-DRIVE Y-DC/DC COVERTER X-DC/DC CONVERTER X-DRIVE Power supply ADDRESS junction ADDRESS resonance DC/DC CONVERTER (DIGITAL) "GPD" Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Time stamp data upper 5 byte: HOUR, lower 2 byte: MINUTE Example: Time stamp is [6543210] 65432 hours 10 minutes
132
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
Diagnosis of error points in the various protection-circuit (P.D. circuits) operations (Red "STANDBY/ON" LED blinks)
Error Point Diagnosis Condition
IC2206, IC2214 (Pulse module), IC2203, IC2204, IC2212, IC2213, IC2216, IC2217, R2209 K2211 Lo K2712 Lo VOFS OVP Drive section (control signals, output elements etc.) in normal operation VOFS D/D CONV. BLOCK in normal operation K2719 Lo VH OVP Drive section (control signals, output elements etc.) in normal operation K2718 Lo VH UVP VH D/D CONV. BLOCK in normal operation SCAN Assy in normal operation IC5V D/D CONV. BLOCK in normal operation K2713 Lo IC2704, IC2706, IC2717 IC3702, IC3712 IC3701, IC3702, IC3712 K3705 Lo Q3122 IC3200, IC3201 (pulse module), IC3103, IC3104, IC3106, IC3107, IC3110, IC3113, R3109 IC3200, IC3201 (Pulse module) IC2206, IC2214 (Pulse module) IC8601 (Audio IC) K3103 Lo VCP OCP VRN UVP K3708 Lo VRN OVP Drive section (control signals, output elements etc.) in normal operation VRN D/D CONV. BLOCK in normal operation IC5V UVP SCAN Assy in normal operation VCP OCP IC2702, IC2709, IC2715 IC2701, IC2702, IC2709, IC2715 K2709 Lo Q2211, Q2212, R2277, IC2208, IC2210 IC2712, IC2716 IC2711, IC2712, IC2716 SCAN IC IC2704, IC2706, IC2717 SCAN IC VOFS UVP
Number P.D. Point in of Blinks Operation Possible Part in failure Circuit State P.D. Circuit in Operation
Y DRIVE
Y DRIVE Assy
5
SW POWER SUPPLY Module Disconnection of the D8 - D15 connectors TCP damage of IC6704 (ICP), disconnection of the D16 and D17 connectors, panel microcomputer is defective, external Flash ROM of the panel microcomputer is defective. K1901 Lo K1902 Lo K1903 Lo K1904 Lo K1905 Lo K1906 Lo ADR. PD ADR. K. PD 5.0V OVP 5.0V UVP 3.3V OVP 3.3V UVP 2.5V OVP 2.5V UVP
VOFS D/D CONV. BLOCK (Y DRIVE Assy)
VOFS D/D CONV. BLOCK (Y DRIVE Assy)
VH D/D CONV. BLOCK (Y DRIVE Assy)
Y DC DC
VH D/D CONV. BLOCK (Y DRIVE Assy)
SCAN (A), (B) Assy
IC5V D/D CONV. BLOCK (Y DRIVE Assy)
SCAN (A), (B) Assy
IC5V D/D CONV. BLOCK (Y DRIVE Assy)
6
In a case where PD does not occur if the P4 connector is disconnected In a case where PD does not occur if the P3 connector is disconnected In a case where PD does not occur if the P6 connector is disconnected
VRN D/D CONV. BLOCK (X DRIVE Assy)
X DC DC
VRN D/D CONV. BLOCK (X DRIVE Assy)
X DRIVE Assy
X DRIVE
X DRIVE Assy
PDP-433CMX
E D C
X DRIVE Assy
Y DRIVE Assy
MX AUDIO Assy
PS
ADDRESS CONNECT A - D Assy, RESONANCE Assy, D/D CONV. BLOCK (DIGITAL VIDEO Assy)
In a case where PD does not occur if Pin 5 of the P2 connector is disconnected

In a case where the voltage is not output even if the P4, P3, P6 connectors and Pin 5 of the P2 connectors are disconnected
ADR
ADDRESS CONNECT A~D Assy
ADR K
RESONANCE Assy
D/D CONV. BLOCK (DIGITAL VIDEO Assy) IC1901
DIGITAL DC DC
Note on PS PD The condition that Red "STANDBY/ON" LED blinks five times (power supply PD) 1 When the internal protection circuit of the SW POWER SUPPLY Module worked 2 When a microcomputer was not able to identify the PD point Care must be taken because five blinks of the red LED does not always mean that the protection circuit of the SW POWER SUPPLY Module is activated.
133
Block diagram of the Power supply section

SW POWER SUPPLY MODULE Y DRIVE ASSY
VOFS DC/DC Converter AC IN 100 - 240V Power Factor Control +B395V VSUS DC/DC Converter VSUS 215V VH DC/DC Converter ST-BY Power Supply VADR DC/DC Converter VADR 61V VH 130V VOFS -45V
IC5V, VF12V DC/DC Converter
IC5V VF12V
STB5V
6.5V DC/DC Converter (6.5V, 13.5V, -9V)
13.5V -9V
X DRIVE ASSY
VRN DC/DC Converter VRN -280V
15V DC/DC Converter (15V, 12V)
12V
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY

15V DC/DC Converter (5V, 3.3V, 2.5V) 5.0V 3.3V 2.5V
Supplementary information
C
1. Power on/off switch for the large-signal system (SW102) Function: Only the power for the small-signal system (15V, 12V, 6.5V, 13.5V, and -9V) is on, and the power for the large-signal system (VSUS, VADR) is off. Usage: Use when only an operational check for the smallsignal system is required. Supplementary information: When this switch is to be used, the wires of pin 5 (DIG, ADR, and PD) of the P2 connector of the power-supply module should be disconnected to prevent the PD circuit from operating. To turn the power of the large-signal system off without using this switch, operation from an external PC through RS-232C commands "DRF" is basically required. In this case, the above procedure is not required, as the PD circuit is muted by software. How to turn on the power with a command sent via RS-232C communication when the large signal system's power is off 1 Check that the unit is in Standby mode. 2 Transmit the RS-232C command "DRF." 3 Turn on the power using the remote control unit, side keys, or the command "PON." Note: Once the power is turned off, the setting of the large signal system power returns to ON. If you wish to turn on the power when the large signal system's power is off, transmit the DRF command each time. 2. 200V AC power-down switch (SW101) Function: While 200V AC voltage is applied, operation of the PD circuit is turned on and off (ON when the switch is set to 100V AC, and OFF when the switch is set to 200V AC).
3. Temperature compensation of the VSUS voltage for the drive system Function: Control the power supply voltage mentioned above according to temperature. (Temperature compensation works so that the voltage is lowered on the lowertemperature side, and is raised on the highertemperature side.) Purpose: To improve the yield by compensating the temperature characteristics of the panel. Supplementary information: For this model, temperature compensation is performed only for the VSUS voltage, and not for the VOFS voltage, and it is controlled by software. 4. When a fuse blows If a fuse blows, never turn the power on again only after replacing the fuse. (In most cases, the fuse itself did not have any problem. So as long as factors of overcurrent have not been removed, chances of destruction increase every time the power is turned on. In the worst case, about a dozen parts may be destroyed.) Principally, the whole power-supply-module assembly must be replaced. 5. Voltage adjustment of the panel drive As this model employs the electronic VR system for the VSUS and VOFS voltages, and as the voltage-adjustment data are stored in the DIGITAL assembly, voltage adjustment of the panel drive is not necessary when the power-supply modules are changed. (For VADR, VH, and VRN, adjustments with semifixed VR controls are necessary.) For this model, as the power-supply block has been developed and designed by an outside vendor, at the point you know which module is a cause of failure (through diagnosis described elsewhere in this manual), change the corresponding modules, and do not diagnose or repair the module. Similarly, the switches and the semifixed VRs inside the powersupply module must not be adjusted without a special reason.
Setting:
For the MXE model only, the switch is set to 200V, and for other models, it is set to 100V.
134
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
7.1.3 AUTOMATIC BACKUP OF DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY DATA

A
Description
Data in the EEPROM (IC1204/2 kbit) mounted on the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy are automatically copied to an area (Area A in the figure below) of the EEPROM (IC5502/64 kbit) mounted on the RGB Assy as backup data in a case of assembly replacement. Therefore, the adjustment data for the unit (data in the EEPROM of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy) can be maintained even after replacement of the DIGITAL VIDEO and/or RGB Assy. Note: As for the COLOR and TINT items, even though they are adjustment data for the unit, as they are stored in Area C (see the figure below) they are not automatically backed up.
Contents of EEPROM on the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy

Adjustment value of PANEL White Balance PANEL-R HIGH : Adjustment item for the unit PANEL-G HIGH : Adjustment item for the unit PANEL-B HIGH : Adjustment item for the unit PANEL-R LOW : Adjustment item for the unit PANEL-G LOW : Adjustment item for the unit PANEL-B LOW : Adjustment item for the unit Adjustment value of ABL ABL LEVEL : Adjustment item for the unit Adjustment value of drive system X-SUS-B : Adjustment item for the unit X-SUS-G : Adjustment item for the unit Y-SUS-B : Adjustment item for the unit Y-SUS-G : Adjustment item for the unit V-SUS : Adjustment item for the unit V-OFFSET : Adjustment item for the unit Pulse meter Hour meter Various setting data of FULL MASK
B
Data are automatically backed up.
Flow of basic automatic backup

Data in Areas A and B are judged according to keyword as to whether they have already adjusted or not, then copying is automatically performed.
RGB Assy EEPROM (IC5502)
For copy (backup) Data of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy Area A Data of the RGB Assy Save area
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy EEPROM (IC1204)
1 2
Data of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy
Area B
Area C
1 Automatic copying is performed every time the Service Factory mode is entered (regardless of the keyword.) 2 When the power is turned on, keyword checking is performed, then automatic copying is performed if the keyword for the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy (Area B) is "not adjusted," and that for the RGB Assy is "adjusted."
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
135
Actual automatic backup operation

1. When the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is replaced (Using the service Assy) Keyword modification is not needed. Replace the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy with that for service, then turn on the power. Thus, the backup data in the EEPROM of the RGB Assy are automatically copied to the EEPROM of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy.
RGB Assy DIGITAL VIDEO Assy for service
2
EEPROM (IC5502)
EEPROM (IC1204)
2. When the RGB Assy is replaced (whether replaced with the assembly for service or not does not matter) Replace the RGB Assy, then enter the Service Factory mode. The backup data in the EEPROM of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy are then automatically copied to the EEPROM of the RGB Assy.
RGB Assy DIGITAL VIDEO Assy
1
C
EEPROM (IC1204)
EEPROM (IC5502)
3. When the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is replaced (reuse of a repaired part) When installing the repaired DIGITAL VIDEO Assy in other unit It is necessary to change the keyword of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy to be reused to "not adjusted." Before removing the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy to be reused, enter the Service Factory mode and execute SERVICE PARTS in the INITIALIZE item. (The unit must operate properly, and OSD display must be possible.) If SERVICE PARTS cannot be executed, readjustment is required. Note: If a repaired DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is mounted in another unit (Unit 2) without this change of keyword, the automatic backup function will not work properly. Moreover, if Unit 2 is set to Service Factory mode in this condition, data in force before the repair of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy will be copied to Area A of the RGB Assy of Unit 2, overwriting the data necessary for Unit 2. Once overwritten, the original data will not be restored. 4. When the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is replaced (reuse of a repaired part) When installing the repaired DIGITAL VIDEO Assy in the original unit It is not necessary to change the keyword. After the repaired DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is mounted in the original unit, the unit can operate with its latest adjustment values. After replacement, turn on the power. Then, the backup data in the EEPROM of the RGB Assy will automatically be copied to the EEPROM of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy.
5. When replacing both the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy and the RGB Assy simultaneously Automatic backup function does not work properly. Readjustment is necessary.
Others
1. As for the COLOR and TINT items, even though they are adjustment data for the unit, as they are stored in Area C, they are not automatically backed up. For these two items, the following applies: 1 When only the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is replaced Readjustment is not required, as data are stored in the RGB Assy. 2 When the RGB Assy is replaced After repair, readjustment is required. 2. Except for data for the COLOR and TINT items, data in Area C in the EEPROM of the RGB Assy are assembly-adjustment data. Readjustment is not required when the RGB Assy is replaced with one for service.
136
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
7.1.4 DISASSEMBLY
A
SW Power Supply Module
Remove the rear case (M).(Screws 20)
4
2
Remove the clamper and insert it to another place, as indicated in the photo below.
Clamper
4 1 1
Sub Frame L Sub Frame R
B
1 1 1 1 1
2
1 1 1
2 3
Remove the four screws. Remove the SW Power Supply Module. SW Power Supply Module
Slit
5
Insert the SW Power Supply Module into the slits of sub frame L and R.
2
Diagnosis
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
137
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy
1 2 3 4 5
B
Remove the rear case (M). (Screws 20) Remove the SW Power Supply Module. (Connector, screws 4) Remove the screw of earth block on the I/O Assy. Remove the terminal panel CMX. (Connector, screws 9) Remove the RGB base. (Screws 4)
Remove the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy. (Connector, circuit board spacers 6)
5 5 4
2
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy RGB Base
3 4
2
5 4 4
2
4
C
I/O Assy Terminal Panel CMX DIGITAL VIDEO Assy
Remove the connectors and binders, and remove the RGB base with PCB Assys.
RGB Assy
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy SLOT CONNECTOR Assy
RGB Base
138
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
Y DRIVE, SCAN (A), (B) Assy
Remove the three screws.
7 8 9
Remove the rear case (M). (Screws 20) Remove the Y DRIVE Assy. (Connector, PCB spacers 3, screws 8) Remove the front chassis V. (Screws 5)
10 Remove the scan IC spring (43L, 43R). (Screw 1)

Y DRIVE Assy Front Case Assy 43 (M) Scan IC Spring (43L)
9 8
2
2 3 4
Loosen the rivet. Remove the lead cover MX. Pull out the flexible cable.
9
10
SIDE KEY Assy
Front Chassis V
9 8
2
8 8
2
2
Lead Cover MX
Scan IC Spring (43R)
Rivet Turn the rivet, taking care not to push on it, because pushing on it may set the rivet to its original position.
9 3 9
Lead Cover MX Remove the lead cover MX together with the rivet when the rivet is fully loosened.
5 6
Detach the lower part of the front case assy 43 (M) so that it can swing open hinged at the top. Remove the front case assy 43 (M).
11 Reverse the SCAN (A) and SCAN (B) assemblies.

D
12 Exchange the ROM if necessary.

SCAN (A) Assy
Front Case Assy 43 (M)
Rear Case (M) ROM 6
11
6
Aluminum Materials The hook of the front case assy 43 (M) is fixed with the rear case (M) and the aluminum material, as shown in the illustration.
E
11
ROM 6
SCAN (B) Assy
PDP-433CMX
5 6 7 8
139
X DRIVE Assy
Diagnosis of the Video Card (PDA-5002)
1 2
Remove the Rear Case (M). (Screws 20) Remove the X DRIVE Assy. (Connector, screws 8)
1 2 3
Remove the rear case (M). (Screws 20) Remove the video card. (Screws 2) Remove the SLOT CONNECTOR Assy from the RGB Assy and reconnect it with the jig cable (GGD1035).
2 2
2
B
Jig Cable (GGD1035)
SLOT CONNECTOR Assy RGB Assy
3 3
2 2
X DRIVE Assy Video Card
4
D
Reconnect the video card. (Do not insert it into the slot.) Video Card
SLOT CONNECTOR Assy
RGB Assy
Diagnosis
140
1 2
PDP-433CMX
3 4
7.2 IC INFORMATION
The information shown in the list is basic information and may not correspond exactly to that shown in the schematic diagrams.
List of IC
SN755860PJ, M30624FGAFP, HD64F2328VF, GAL22V10, M30624FGAFP, PD6358A, PST9246N, FS781BZB, ML6426CS-1, CXA3516R, BA5417, STK795-460
SN755864APZP (SCAN A ASSY : IC6201 - IC6206) SN755864APZP (SCAN B ASSY : IC6001 - IC6006)
Scan IC
Pin Assignment (Top view)
PDP-433CMX
141
Block Diagram
Pin Function
Name
CLK DA DB LE CLR A/B OC1 OC2 HVO VDD GND VH1 VH2 NC 86 91 85 40 92 84 89 90 99, 100, 1-28 36-40, 48-76 88 30-32, 44-46 81-82, 93, 94-95 34, 35, 97, 98 41, 42, 78, 79 29, 33, 43, 47 77, 80, 83, 96
Pin No.
I/O
I I/O I/O I I I I I O
Num.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 64 1 11 4 4 8
Function
Shift clock (start edge partial response) The serial data input of shifting register The serial data output of shifting register It output data done a latch of by "H" level It do data of shift register with "H" by "L" level A shift directional control signal of shift register An output control terminal of HVO An output control terminal of HVO High voltage drive output (HVO1 - HVO64) Logic power supply Standard potential. This is common to HVO1 - HVO64. The high potential circuit power supply which is common to HVO1 - HVO32 The high potential circuit power supply which is common to HVO33 - HVO64 It is the insulation electrically
142
PDP-433CMX
M30624FGAFP (RGB ASSY : IC5505)

Main Microcomputer
Pin Function
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 Pin Name TXD CLK FAN VOL H_SYNC V_SYNC DPMS BYTE CNVSS NC XCONT (Not used) RST XOUT VSS XIN VCC Not used REM REQ_MD KEY_SCAN WP SW SLOT_ST2 FUNC1 FUNC2 NC NC NC NC SCL SDA TXD1 RXD1 CLK1 BUSY1 TXD0 RXD0 LED_G LED_R NC IN1DET EPM AUDIO_NG NC NC OSD_CE CE WU_CE FAN_NG IN5DET CB_MUTE Function Serial 3 line data output Serial 3 line clock FAN control Audio VOL control Horizontal synchronizing signal input for signal distinction Vertical synchronizing signal input for signal distinction SYNC select for power management GND Power supply in flash writing, STB +5V Non connection GND Reset input Main clock output GND Main clock input 5V standby power Pull-up Remote control signal input Communication request from the module microcomputer Key data input E2PROM write permission for Plug &Play Inside / outside product distinction of SLOT Outside product SLOT function output 1 Outside product SLOT function output 2
Non connection
Clock output for IICbus Data input/output for IICbus Data output (flash writing / external equipment communication) Data input (flash writing / external equipment communication) Clock for flash writing Busy for flash writing Data output for communication with the module microcomputer Data input for communication with the module microcomputer Green LED lighting Red LED lighting Non connection INPUT1 input detection EPM input for flash writing Audio NG detection Non connection Enable for OSD CE input for flash writing (pull-up) Enable for waide microcomputer NG detection for fan Video signal input detection Combination mute
PDP-433CMX
143
No. 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
Pin Name FR_SEL RGB_SEL POWER BUSY BUSY30 IN3DET IN4DET ACL_SW NC PNL_MUTE NC VCC I_DET VSS NC DIN_SEL SDIN_SEL FWE MD2 RST_WU WE_WU WE_MD NC REQ_WU RST2 EXT_INT A_MUTE1 A_MUTE2 H_POL V_POL (E)SCL (E)SDA EEPRST FIX_VAR SYNC_ST NC NC SIGRST NC PLD_CE NC NC SLOT_ST TEMP3 TEMP2 AVSS PM_ST VREF AVCC RXD
Function Output free running in the video signal no input Input switch of INPUT1 (Dsub15) / INPUT2 (BNC) POWER ON/OFF output Busy input from the microcomputer Busy input from IC30 INPUT3 input detection INPUT4 input detection Switch the peak ACL function Non connection Panel drive stop Non connection 5V standby power I/P distinction signal (extra) GND Non connection Digital input switch trigger (IC102 side) Digital input switch trigger (DVI input side) Enable for flash writing of the wide microcomputer Mode setting for flash writing of the wide microcomputer Reset the wide microcomputer Flash writing permission output for wide microcomputer Flash writing permission output for module Non connection Communication request from the wide microcomputer Reset detection of wide microcomputer system 3.3V power supply Input signal switch Audio mute 1 Audio mute 2 H.SYNC polarity distinction V.SYNC polarity distinction I2C-BUS clock of E2PROM exclusive use I2C-BUS data of E2PROM exclusive use E2PROM reset AUDIO output signal switch (fixing, variable) Presence distinction input of SYNC Non connection Trigger for synchronous processing time shortening Non connection Enable for SYNC control PLD Non connection A/D input for model distinction A/D input for temperature sensor 3 A/D input for temperature sensor 2 GND for AD conversion (GND connection) Pull-up AD conversion reference voltage Power supply for AD conversion Serial 3 line data input
144
PDP-433CMX
HD64F2328VF (RGB ASSY : IC5601)

Wide Microcomputer
Pin Function
No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 NC Not used VSS NC VCC UA0 UA1 UA2 UA3 VSS UA4 UA5 UA6 UA7 UA8 UA9 UA10 UA11 VSS UA12 UA13 UA14 UA15 UA16 UA17 UA18 UA19 VSS WU_CE NC VI VACT_FRC DE_W VD_W VSS VSS VACT_IP FILM_IP VCC UD0 UD1 UD2 UD3 VSS UD4 GND Data bus Data bus GND Histogram acquisition interrupt input Acquisition interrupt input of film information 3.3V power supply GND Main microcomputer communication enable Non connection Vertical synchronization interrupt input Vact interrupt input after frame rate conversion DE interrupt for start line detection of panel link input V Vertical synchronization interrupts before FRC Address bus for external flash memory Address bus GND Address bus GND Address bus
Pin Name
Non connection PU GND Non connection 3.3V power supply Address bus 0 with each IC
Function
PDP-433CMX
145
No.
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90
Pin Name
UD5 UD6 UD7 UD8 UD9 UD10 UD11 VSS UD12 UD13 UD14 UD15 VCC D_TXD EXT_TXD D_RXD EXT_RXD D_CLK D_BUSY VSS CS_30 VSS VSS CS_FLASH A19_FLASH REQ_WU CE_W VD_W NC NC NC NC NC SGLB_AD FWE RESET Not used Not used VCC XTAL EXTAL VCC PHAI VCC SGLB_IP Switching output of a clock and 1/2 clock Writing enable signal input for built-in flash memory Non connection GND Chip select output for 16M flash Control output of 16M flash address A19 Request for the main unit microcomputer DE for start line detection of panel link input V Vertical synchronization before FRC 3.3V power supply Data bus GND Data bus
Function
Communication data output to the main unit microcomputer 232C communication output to the external personal computer (FLASH2) Communication data input from the main unit microcomputer 232C communication input from the external personal computer (FLASH2) Communication clock input from the main unit microcomputer BUSY for the main unit microcomputer GND Chip select output for IC30
Reset input from the main unit microcomputer and reset IC Pull-up 3.3V power supply Connect a ceramic resonator (25MHz) 3.3V power supply System clock output 3.3V power supply Single input selecting output of IC102
146
PDP-433CMX
No.
91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128
Pin Name
RDB HWRB PLL_CE WAIT_IP NC NC TXD_WU NC VSS VSS SCK_WU WAIT_FLASH AVCC VREF ULK_PLL EXT_FILM Not used Not used ACL_PC Not used INa_30 INb_30 AVSS VSS NC NC HD_W FI HI FDET_IP EMG_IP IP_KILL MD0 MD1 MD2 IC_RST CS_102 CS_101 GND Non connection Horizontal sync. signal FILM mode detecting input Horizontal sync. count input System frequency detecting input IC102 forced hardware through output IC101 forced stop output Reading of external address space
Function
Upper rank data (D15 to D8) writing of external address space Chip enable signal output for AD/PLL WAIT input for IC102 Non connection Communication data output (AD/PLL) Non connection GND Communication clock input/output (AD/PLL) WAIT input for external flash memory 3.3V power supply A/D and D/A reference voltage input PLL unlock signal input External film signal input Pull-up ACL input for PC (A/D input) Pull-up NC
Wide microcomputer operation mode (mode 6 fixing) (0) Wide microcomputer operation mode (mode 6 fixing) (1) Wide microcomputer operation mode (mode 6 fixing) (2) Reset signal input for ASIC Chip select output for IC102 Chip select output for IC101
PDP-433CMX
147
HD64F2328VF (DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY : IC1101)
Pin Function
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Panel Microcomputer
Pin Name CS_23 NC VSS VSS VCC UA0 UA1 UA2 UA3 VSS UA4 UA5 UA6 UA7 UA8 UA9 UA10 UA11 VSS UA12 UA13 UA14 UA15 UA16 UA17 UA18 UA19 VSS UA20 PA5 PA6 PA7 CE_PN CE_PN VSS VSS APLP VD_31 VCC UD0 UD1 UD2 UD3 VSS UD4 UD5 UD6 UD7 UD8 UD9 PE5064 (IC 1703) control output NC terminal GND GND 3.3V power supply Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus GND Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus GND Address bus NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal Enables/ for panel microcomputer Enables/ for panel microcomputer GND GND The APL value acquisition trigger signal input. The V signal input from IC 1401 (PD 6358). 3.3V power supply Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus GND Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus Function
148
PDP-433CMX
No. 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
Pin Name UD10 UD11 VSS UD12 UD13 UD14 UD15 VCC D_TXD EXT_TXD D_RXD EXT_RXD D_CLK P60 VSS CS_FLASH VSS VSS P61 UDREQ P63 WE_FLASH BUSY REQ_PU SEL23B CLRB FR_SEL RST31B RST23B FWE RESET NMI STBY VCC XTAL EXTAL VSS PF7 VCC PF6 RDB HWRB PF3 PF2 PF1 PF0 P50 P51 VSS VSS Data bus Data bus GND Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus 3.3V power supply
Function
Communication with IC 1207 (a module microcomputer). Communication with the outside (program notes). Communication with IC 1207 (a module microcomputer). Communication with the outside (program notes). Communication with IC 1207 (a module microcomputer). NC terminal GND A flash memory control terminal GND GND NC terminal IC 1703 (PE5064) control terminal NC terminal A flash memory note control signal (unused). The command receipt of a message lye Norwich output A communication demand to a module microcomputer. IC 1703 (PE5064) control terminal IC 1703 (PE5064) control terminal The free LAN select signal output The reset output to IC1301, IC1401(PD6358) The reset output to IC 1703 (PE5064) Microcomputer program note control signal Reset input The at the rate of tang input (unuse) The hardware standby input (unused) 3.3V power supply A clock oscillation child connection terminal A clock oscillation child connection terminal GND NC terminal 3.3V power supply NC terminal A read control terminal from an outside slave device A wright control terminal to an outside slave device NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal GND GND
PDP-433CMX
149
No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128
Pin Name P52 P53 AVCC VREF STOPB P41 RYBY ADR_K_EMG_L1 ADR_K_EMG_U1 ADR_K_EMG_L2 ADR_K_EMG_U2 P47 AVSS VSS MUTE_ADR MUTE_SUS P15 HD P13 P12 PC_VIDEO VD MD0 MD1 MD2 PG0 CS_31Y CS_31X NC terminal NC terminal 3.3V power supply
Function
A/D, D/A reference voltage input (unused) The drive control input from IC 1703 (PE5064) NC terminal The flash memory note ready input The emergency input from panel bottom address resonance block. The emergency input from panel upper part address resonance block The emergency input from panel bottom address resonance block. (unused) The emergency input from panel upper part address resonance block(unused) NC terminal GND GND The panel mute signal output The XY drive mute signal output (unused) NC terminal The HD signal input from outside ASSY (RGB ASSY, etc) NC terminal NC terminal The PC/Video identification output The VD signal input from outside ASSY (RGB ASSY, etc) The microcomputer mode of operation select signal input The microcomputer mode of operation select signal input The microcomputer mode of operation select signal input NC terminal IC1301, IC1401(PD 6358) control terminal IC1301, IC1401(PD 6358) control terminal
150
PDP-433CMX
GAL22V10 (X DRIVE ASSY : IC2006)

Drive Protect PLD
Pin Assignment (Top View)

I/CLK I I I I I I I I I I GND 12 13 1 24 VCC I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I
Block Diagram
XSUS_BI
1_50 1_24 1_6
23
1_40
XSUS_BO
XSUS_UI
1_49 1_23 1_4
22
1_39
XSUS_UO
XSUS_DI
1_48 1_22 1_5
21
1_40
XSUS_DO
XSUS_GI
1_45 1_55 1_1
19
1_54
YSUS_GO
XNR_D1I
1_44
1_51 1_62 1_52
18
1_36
XNR_D1O
XNR_D2I
10
1_43
1_2 1_61 1_53
15
1_35
XNR_D2O
XSUS_MSKI
1_46 1_28 1_32
17
1_41
XSUS_MSKO
XCP_MSKI
1_47 1_31 1_34
16
1_42
XCP_MSKO
XNR_UI
1_57 1_58 1_60
20
1_56
XNR_UO
PDP-433CMX
151
GAL22V10 (Y DRIVE ASSY : IC3003)

Drive Protect PLD

I/CLK I I I I I I I I I I GND 12 13 1 24 VCC I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I
Block Diagram
sus_mute_in
1_64
1_63
ysusbin
1_7 1_20 1_62
23
1_39
ysusbout
ysusuin
1_6 1_19 1_61 1_23 1_5 1_18 1_27 1_26
22
1_48
ysusuout
ysusdin
21
1_47
ysusdout
ysusgin
1_4 1_17 1_53 1_28
17
1_46
ysusgout
ypru1in
6 7
1_3 1_13 1_60
19
1_45
ypru1out
ypru2in
1_2 1_16
18
1_54 1_59
1_44
ypru2out
yofsin
1_1 1_15
20
1_66 1_33
1_43
yofsout
ysofdin
11
1_10 1_52
ysusmskin
1_56 1_9 1_12 1_55
1_51
14
1_42
ysoftdout
16
1_37
1_41
ysusmskout ycpmskout
ycpmskin
10
1_8 1_11 1_49
15
1_40
152
PDP-433CMX
M30624FGAFP (DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY : IC1207)
Pin Function
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Module Microcomputer
Pin Name TXD CLK NC NC NC NC NC BYTE CNVSS XCIN XCOUT RESET XOUT VSS XIN VCC NMI REM REQ_PU /SW_TRG NC NC NC AC_OFF PD_TRIGGER NC NC NC SCL SDA TXD1 RXD1 CLK1 BUSY1 TXD0 RXD0 NC REQ_MD/A_MUTE NC NC EPM NC PU_CE NC MOD_SW/A_NG CE DITHER/SW_STC NC /SW_STP NC Function Serial 3 line data output for communication with a panel microcomputer Serial 3 line clock for communication with a panel microcomputer NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal The external data bus width reshuffling input (I am unused and connect GND) A power supply for program note (a note, 5V, usually, pull-down NC terminal NC terminal A reset input terminal Clock output terminal GND Clock input terminal 5V standby power Because a NMI interruption terminal is unused, It handle pull up. The SR signal input A communication demand from a panel microcomputer (the pulse meter acquisition) Main switch OFF / ON search NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal AC power OFF search and power supply ASSY differentiation. Power down search NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal EEPROM, IIC communication with power supply ASSY EEPROM, IIC communication with power supply ASSY Communication with the outside (a program note) Communication with the outside (a program note) Communication with the outside (a program note) Communication with the outside (a program note) Communication with outside ASSY (microcomputers main in RGB ASSY, etc) Communication with outside ASSY (microcomputers main in RGB ASSY, etc) NC terminal 232C communication demand (a request to a main microcomputer) / audio system mute NC terminal NC terminal The EPM input for program note (L fixation) NC terminal Enables/ for panel microcomputer NC terminal The model of machines distinction input / audio system NG input The CE input for program note (H fixation) Power supply search of a dither setting / media receiver for module NC terminal Power supply search of a panel NC terminal
PDP-433CMX
153
No. 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
Pin Name NC RELAY POWER/MSTATE NC WE_PN MD0 MD2 FWE RST_PU PN_MUTE NC VCC NC VSS NC NC /A_SCL /A_SDA APD_MUTE ADR_K_PD ADR_PD DCC_PD NC NC RST2 NC /DDC_SCL /DDC_SDA NC NC DEW_DET NC NC NC NC LED_G LED_R NC BUSY NC NC /F_KEY1 MAX_PLS2/F_KEY2 TEMP1 MAX_PLS? /CCKM AVSS PM_ST VREF AVCC RXD NC terminal
Function The output for power supply ON / OFF change Input / SII861 master information for power supply ON / OFF change NC terminal Buffer state control for panel microcomputer note The panel microcomputer mode of operation change output The panel microcomputer mode of operation change output The panel microcomputer program note control signal output The panel microcomputer reset output The panel mute input NC terminal 5V standby power NC terminal GND NC terminal NC terminal IIC clock for audio system IIC data for audio system A mute signal of address series The address oscillatory system PD input The address series PD input The power supply system PD input NC terminal NC terminal Panel microcomputer reset search NC terminal IIC communication with a media receiver IIC communication with a media receiver NC terminal NC terminal The dew condensation sensor input NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal Green LED lighting (LED on interface ASSY in a panel module) Red LED lighting (LED on interface ASSY in a panel module) NC terminal Communication permission / inhibiting signal from a panel microcomputer NC terminal NC terminal The front KEY input The terminal / front KEY input for brightness setting mode of operation change The A/D input for temperature sensor Terminal / connection search for brightness setting mode of operation change GND for AD conversion The A/D input for model of machines distinction Reference voltage for AD conversion 5V standby power for AD conversion Serial 3 line data entry for communication with a panel microcomputer
154
PDP-433CMX
PD6358A (DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY : IC1301)
Pin Function
No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Picture Improved IC
Pin Name VSS TESTO6 OSDCLK TTST VDDI OVDDE-01 AGO0 VDDI AGO2 AGO3 AGO4 VDDI ARO6 AGO7 VDDI ARO9 ABO9 VDDI ADRCLKO2 ARO12 ARO13 AGO14 AGO15 ARO16 ARO17 VSS ABO17 AGO17 AGO18 ABO19 UDAT15 UDAT12 UDAT9 UDAT5 OVDDE-06 APLP OVDDE-08 CS5BI CS4BI UADRI13 UADRI9 UADRI6 UADRI2 UADRI1 TESTI2 BIT0 OVDDE-11 TESTO4 ARO39 AGO38 GND Test output terminal (unused) The CLK input for OSD Test input terminal (unused) 2.5V power supply 3.3V power supply Address data output (G signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (R signal) Address data output (G signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (R signal) Address data output (B signal) 2.5V power supply The address CLK output (for panel upper part) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) GND Address data output (B signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (B signal) Microcomputer data bus Microcomputer data bus Microcomputer data bus Microcomputer data bus 3.3V power supply APL value output trigger signal 3.3V power supply The chip select input The chip select input Microcomputer address bus Microcomputer address bus Microcomputer address bus Microcomputer address bus Microcomputer address bus Test input terminal (unused) The subfield No output (the 0 bit) 3.3V power supply Test output terminal (unused) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) Function
PDP-433CMX
155
No. 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
Pin Name VSS ABO37 ABO36 ARO36 ABO34 ADRCLKO4 AGO33 AGO32 AGO31 AGO30 AGO29 VDDI ABO27 AGO26 VDDI AGO24 VDDI ABO22 VDDI ARO21 ARO20 VDDI OVDDE-14 TDI RBI9 VSS RBI8 RBI6 RBI4 OVSS-09 RSTB GBI8 OVDDE-18 GBI5 GBI2 DEI BBI6 BBI3 VDI HDI RAI6 RAI2 TESTI0 OVSS-11 GAI7 GAI3 GAI0 BAI6 BAI3 BAI0 GND Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (B signal)
Function
The address CLK output (for panel bottom part) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (B signal) Address data output (G signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (G signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (B signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) 2.5V power supply 3.3V power supply The JTAG input The R picture B aspect signal input (the ninth bit) GND The R picture B aspect signal input (the eighth bit) The R picture B aspect signal input (the sixth bit) The R picture B aspect signal input (the fourth bit) GND Reset input The G picture B aspect signal input (the eighth bit) 3.3V power supply The G picture B aspect signal input (the fifth bit) The G picture B aspect signal input (the second bit) DE signal input The B picture B aspect signal input (the sixth bit) The B picture B aspect signal input (the third bit) VD signal input HD signal input The R picture A aspect signal input (the sixth bit) The R picture A aspect signal input (the second bit) Test input terminal (unused) GND The G picture A aspect signal input (the seventh bit The G picture A aspect signal input (the third bit) The G picture A aspect signal input (the 0 bit) The B picture A aspect signal input (the sixth bit) The B picture A aspect signal input (the third bit) The B picture A aspect signal input (the 0 bit)
156
PDP-433CMX
No. 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150
Pin Name TESTO7 TESTO5 OSDH BLK OSDB NC ARO1 ARO2 ARO3 ARO4 ARO5 ABO5 ARO7 ARO8 ABO8 AGO9 AGO10 ADRCLKO1 ABO11 ABO12 ARO14 ARO15 ABO15 ABO16 AGO16 ARO18 AGO19 OVDDE-05 UDAT13 UDAT10 UDAT6 UDAT3 UDAT0 OVDDE-07 LR RDBI CLKSEL UADRI10 UADRI7 UADRI3 CYCLEB BIT2 SFSTB OVSS-05 TESTO2 ABO38 ARO38 ARO37 AGO36 ARO35 Test output terminal (unused) Test output terminal (unused) OSDH input OSDBLK input OSDB signal input NC terminal Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal)
Function
Address CLK output (for panel upper part) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (G signal) 3.3V power supply Microcomputer data bus Microcomputer data bus Microcomputer data bus Microcomputer data bus Microcomputer data bus 3.3V power supply The panel LR select input Microcomputer read control terminal CLK select input Microcomputer address bus Microcomputer address bus Microcomputer address bus Address data output control signal Subfield No. output (the second bit) Address data output control signal GND Test output terminal (unused) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (R signal)
PDP-433CMX
157
No. 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200
Pin Name ADRCLKO3 ABO33 ABO32 VDDI ABO30 VDDI ABO28 ARO28 ABO26 ABO25 ABO24 ARO24 ARO23 ARO22 AGO21 AGO20 TDO TMS RBI7 TCK RBI5 RBI3 RBI1 OVDDE-16 GBI7 OVSS-10 GBI4 GBI1 BBI9 BBI5 BBI2 RAI9 CLK3 RAI5 RAI1 TESTI1 GAI9 GAI6 GAI2 BAI9 BAI5 BAI2 BAI1 OVSS-01 OVSS-02 OSDG ARO0 ABO0 ABO1 ABO2 Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (B signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (B signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) JTAG signal JTAG signal
Function The address CLK output (for panel bottom part)
The R picture B aspect signal input (the seventh bit) JTAG signal The R picture B aspect signal input (the fifth bit) The R picture B aspect signal input (the third bit) The R picture B aspect signal input (the first bit) 3.3V power supply The G picture B aspect signal input (the seventh bit) GND The G picture B aspect signal input (the fourth bit) The G picture B aspect signal input (the first bit) The B picture B aspect signal input (the ninth bit) The B picture B aspect signal input (the fifth bit) The B picture B aspect signal input (the second bit) The R picture A aspect signal input (the ninth bit) CLK input terminal (unused) The R picture A aspect signal input (the fifth bit) The R picture A aspect signal input (the first bit) Test input terminal (unused) The G picture A aspect signal input (the ninth bit) The G picture A aspect signal input (the sixth bit) The G picture A aspect signal input (the second bit) The B picture A aspect signal input (the ninth bit) The B picture A aspect signal input (the fifth bit) The B picture A aspect signal input (the second bit) The B picture A aspect signal input (the first bit) GND GND OSDG signal input Address data output (R signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal)
158
PDP-433CMX
No. 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250
Pin Name ABO3 ABO4 OVDDE-02 ABO6 ABO7 VDDI OVDDE-03 ARO10 ABO10 AGO11 AGO12 ABO13 ABO14 OVDDE-04 OVSS-03 ARO19 TESTO1 UDAT14 UDAT11 UDAT7 UDAT4 UDAT1 VDRD HWRBI UADRI14 OVDDE-09 UADRI11 UADRI8 UADRI4 BIT3 BIT1 OVDDE-10 TESTO3 ABO39 AGO37 OVSS-06 AGO35 ADRCLKO5 ARO34 ARO33 ABO31 ARO31 ABO29 ARO29 OVDDE-12 ARO27 ARO26 ARO25 OVDDE-13 AGO23 Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal) 3.3V power supply Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal) 2.5V power supply 3.3V power supply Address data output (R signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal) 3.3V power supply GND Address data output (R signal) Test output terminal (unused) Microcomputer data bus Microcomputer data bus Microcomputer data bus Microcomputer data bus Microcomputer data bus V signal output Microcomputer wright control terminal Microcomputer address bus 3.3V power supply Microcomputer address bus Microcomputer address bus Microcomputer address bus Subfield No. output (the third bit) Subfield No. output (the first bit) 3.3V power supply Test output terminal (unused) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (G signal) GND Address data output (G signal)
Function
Address CLK output (for panel bottom part) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (R signal) 3.3V power supply Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) 3.3V power supply Address data output (G signal)
PDP-433CMX
159
No. 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300
Pin Name AGO22 VDDI ABO20 OVSS-07 OVDDE-15 OVSS-08 RBI2 TRST GBI9 GBI6 OVDDE-17 GBI3 GBI0 BBI8 BBI4 BBI1 RAI8 OVDDE-19 RAI4 RAI0 FREERUN GAI8 GAI5 GAI1 BAI8 BAI4 VDDE OSDV VSS OSDR VDDE AGO1 VSS VDDI VDDI AGO5 AGO6 VDDI AGO8 VSS ADRCLKO0 VDDE ARO11 VSS AGO13 VDDE ABO18 VSS TESTO0 VDDI Address data output (G signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (B signal) GND 3.3V power supply GND
Function
The R picture B aspect signal input (the second bit) JTAG signal The G picture B aspect signal input (the ninth bit) The G picture B aspect signal input (the sixth bit) 3.3V power supply The G picture B aspect signal input (the third bit) The G picture B aspect signal input (the 0 bit) The B picture B aspect signal input (the eighth bit) The B picture B aspect signal input (the fourth bit) The B picture B aspect signal input (the first bit) The R picture A aspect signal input (the eighth bit) 3.3V power supply The R picture A aspect signal input (the fourth bit) The R picture A aspect signal input (the 0 bit) The freerun control input The G picture A aspect signal input (the eighth bit) The G picture A aspect signal input (the fifth bit) The G picture A aspect signal input (the first bit) The B picture A aspect signal input (the eighth bit) The B picture A aspect signal input (the fourth bit) 3.3V power supply OSDV input GND OSDR signal input 3.3V power supply Address data output (G signal) GND 2.5V power supply 2.5V power supply Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (G signal) GND The address CLK output (for panel upper part) 3.3V power supply Address data output (R signal) GND Address data output (G signal) 3.3V power supply Address data output (B signal) GND Test output terminal (unused) 2.5V power supply
160
PDP-433CMX
No. 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352
Pin Name UDAT8 VSS UDAT2 VDDI OVSS-04 UADRI15 VDDI UADRI12 VSS UADRI5 VDDI NC VSS AGO39 VDDE ABO35 VSS AGO34 VDDE ARO32 VSS ARO30 VDDI AGO28 AGO27 NC AGO25 VSS ABO23 VDDE ABO21 VSS VPD VDDE RBI0 VSS ACLK VDDI CLK4 VSS BBI7 VDDI BBI0 RAI7 VDDI RAI3 VSS CLK2 VDDI GAI4 VSS BAI7 Microcomputer data bus GND Microcomputer data bus 2.5V power supply GND Microcomputer address bus 2.5V power supply Microcomputer address bus GND Microcomputer address bus 2.5V power supply NC terminal GND Address data output (G signal) 3.3V power supply Address data output (B signal) GND Address data output (G signal) 3.3V power supply Address data output (R signal) GND Address data output (R signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) NC terminal Address data output (G signal) GND Address data output (B signal) 3.3V power supply Address data output (B signal) GND GND 3.3V power supply
Function
The R picture B aspect signal input (the 0 bit) GND CLK input (25MHz) 2.5V power supply CLK input (50MHz) GND The B picture B aspect signal input (the seventh bit) 2.5V power supply The B picture B aspect signal input (the 0 bit) The R picture A aspect signal input (the seventh bit) 2.5V power supply The R picture A aspect signal input (the third bit) GND The image system CLK input 2.5V power supply The G picture A aspect signal input (the fourth bit) GND The B picture A aspect signal input (the seventh bit)
PDP-433CMX
161
PST9246N (DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY : IC1208)

Reset IC

1 5 4 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 SOT -25 (TOP VIEW) TC SUB GND V OUT V CC
Block Diagram
Pin Function
Pin No. 1 2 3 4 5 Pin name TC SUB GND VOUT VCC Functions TPLH control pin Substrate pin GND pin Reset signal output pin VCC pin/voltage detect pin
162
PDP-433CMX
FS781BZB (DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY : IC1802)

Low EMI Clock IC

Xin Xout S1 LF 1 2 3 4 FS78x 8 7 6 5 VDD S0 FSOUT VSS
8 Pin SOIC Package
Block Diagram
250 K
Loop Filter
4(6)
Xin
1(3)
Reference Divider
8 pF
Phase Detector VCO

10 pF.
Xout
Modulation Control
2(4)
8 pF
VCO / N
VDD
8(2)
Power Contol Logic
VDD Input Control Logic
Output Divider and Mux VSS
6(8)
FSOUT
5(7)
3(5)
7(1)
(TSSOP Pin #)
VSS
S1
S0
Pin Function
Pin No. 1/2 Pin Name Xin / Xout I/O I/O TYPE Analog Description Pins form an on-chip reference oscillator when connected to terminals of an external parallel resonant crystal. Xin may be connected to TTL/CMOS external clock source. If Xin connected to external clock other than crystal, leave Xout (pin 2) unconnected. Digital control inputs to select input frequency range and output frequency scaling. Refer to Tables 7 & 8 for selection. S0 has internal pulldown. S1 has internal pullup. Loop Filter. Single ended tri-state output of the phase detector. A two-pole passive loop filter is connected to Loop Filter (LF). Modulated Clock Frequency Output. The center frequency is the same as the input reference frequency for FS781. Input frequency is multiplied by 2x and 4x for FS782 and FS784 respectively. Positive Power Supply. Power Supply Ground
7/3
S0 / S1
CMOS/TTL
4 6
LF FSOUT
I O
Analog CMOS/TTL
8 5
VDD VSS
P P
Power Power
PDP-433CMX
163
ML6426CS-1 (RGB ASSY : IC4403)

LPF IC

A/B MUX RIN A/YIN A GND VCC RIN B/YIN B GIN A/U IN A GIN B/U IN B BIN A/V IN A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 SYNC IN DISABLE GNDO ROUT /Y OUT VCCO GOUT /U OUT BOUT /V OUT BIN B/VIN B
TOP VIEW
Block Diagram
2 5 6 7 8 9 RIN A/YIN A RIN B/YIN B GIN A/U IN A GIN /U IN B BIN A/V IN A BIN B/VIN B MUX TRANSCONDUCTANCE ERROR AMP A/B MUX 1 SYNCIN 16 DISABLE 15
+
12 VCCO
4 VCC
MUX TRANSCONDUCTANCE ERROR AMP MUX TRANSCONDUCTANCE ERROR AMP

+ +
4th-ORDER FILTER A 0.5V 4th-ORDER FILTER B 0.5V 4th-ORDER FILTER C 0.5V
ROUT /Y OUT
13
GOUT /U OUT
11
BOUT /V OUT
10
GNDO 14
GND 3
Pin Function
PIN NAME FUNCTION PIN NAME FUNCTION
A/B MUX
Logic input pin to select between Bank <A> and Bank <B> video inputs. This pin is internally pulled high. Unfiltered analog R- orY -channel input for Bank <A>. Sync must be provided at SYNC IN pin. Analog ground Analog 5V supply Unfiltered analog R- orY -channel input for Bank <B>. Sync must be provided at SYNC IN pin.
BIN A/VIN A Unfiltered analog B- orV-channel input for Bank <A>. Sync must be provided at SYNC IN pin. BIN B/VIN B Unfiltered analog B- orV-channel input for Bank <B>. Sync must be provided at SYNC IN pin. Analog B or V-channel output Analog G or U-channel output 5V power supply for output buffers Analog R orY -channel output Analog ground Disable/Enable pin.Turns the chip off when logic high. Internally pulled low. Input for an external H-sync logic signal for filter channels. CMOS level input. Active High.
RIN A/YIN A
3 4 5
GND VCC RIN B/YIN B
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
BOUT GOUT VCCO ROUT GNDO DISABLE SYNC IN
GIN A/U IN A Unfiltered analog G- or U-channel input for Bank <A>. Sync must be provided at SYNC IN pin. GIN B/UIN B Unfiltered analog G- or U-channel input for Bank <B>. Sync must be provided at SYNC IN pin.
164
PDP-433CMX
CXA3516R (RGB ASSY : IC4603)

AD + PLL IC
PDP-433CMX
165
Block Diagram
166
PDP-433CMX
Pin Function
PDP-433CMX
167
168
PDP-433CMX
PDP-433CMX
169
BA5417 (MX AUDIO ASSY : IC8601)

Power Amp.
Block Diagram
T.S.D
30k
30k
30k ST.BY VCC BS BS 45 45
30k
POWER GND
GND1
PRE
10
11
12
13
14
POWER-GND
PRE-GND1
Pin Function
170
PDP-433CMX
PRE-GND2
FILTER
OUT2
OUT1
(N.C.)
STBY
BS2
BS1
NF1
NF2
VCC
IN1
IN2
PRE
15
GND2
FILTER
STK795-470 (X DRIVE ASSY : IC3200, IC3201, Y DRIVE ASSY : IC2206, IC2214)

PDP Pulse Module IC
Block Diagram
V SUS 1 V SUS 2 V SUS 3 V SUS 4 N.C. 5 VCC 6 DUMMY 7 N.C. 8 SIG GND 9 SIG GND 10 N.C. 11 SUB GND 12 N.C. 13
C8 R14 C1 R18 D11 R12 D1 R1 IC1 R2 VCC HIN R19 D12 R15 LIN PGND LO D2 TR8 R4 R8 R3 TR3 TR4 C7 VB HO C3 VS R7 TR7 TR2 TR1
40 OUT H 39 OUT H 38 OUT L 37 OUT L 36 N.C. 35 POWER GND 34 POWER GND 33 POWER GND 32 POWER GND 31 N.C.
D7
IN2 14 DUMMY 15 IN1 16
D6 R13 D3
R20 D13
IC2 R5 C2 VCC HIN VB HO C4 R9 TR9 TR5 D8
30 PL1 29 PL1 28 N.C. 27 PC1 26 PC1 25 PC2 24 PC2

TR6
N.C. 17
R16
R21 D14 R17
C9 LIN PGND C10
VS
IN4 18 DUMMY 19 IN3 20
LO D4 TR10
R11 C5 R6 C6 R10
ZD1
D9
23 N.C. 22 PL2 21 PL2
D10
PDP-433CMX
171
8. PANEL FACILITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS

8.1 PANEL FACILITIES
MAIN UNIT
Operation panel on the main unit
Main unit
4 5 6 7 8
9 0
Note
When optional speakers have been connected, the operation panel on the main unit will not be operable.
Main unit
Operation panel on the main unit
1 Display stand 2 Remote control sensor

Point the remote control toward the remote sensor to operate the unit.
4 STANDBY/ON button
Press to put the display in operation or standby mode.
5 INPUT button
Press to select input.
3 STANDBY/ON indicator
This indicator is red during standby mode, and turns to green when the unit is in the operation mode. Flashes green when Power-Management function is operating. The flashing pattern is also used to indicate error messages.
6 MENU button
Press to open and close the on-screen menu.
7 ADJUST (5//3/2) buttons

Use to navigate menu screens and to adjust various settings on the unit. Usage of cursor buttons within operations is clearly indicated in the on-screen display.
8 SET button
Press to adjust or enter various settings on the unit.
9 SCREEN SIZE button

Press to select the screen size.
0 AUTO SET UP button

When using computer signal input, automatically sets the POSITION and CLOCK/PHASE to optimum values.
172
PDP-433CMX
CONNECTION PANEL
AC INLET
8 ~16 SPEAKER
8 ~16 SPEAKER
CONTROL IN OUT
COMBINATION IN OUT
RS-232C ANALOG RGB
INPUT1 OUTPUT (ANALOG RGB)
(ON SYNC)
INPUT2 R
(H/V SYNC)
HD
VD
AUDIO INPUT OUTPUT

75 2.2 (INPUT1/2) k
89 0
Plasma Display [PDP-433CMX/PDP-433MXE] Section

The plasma display is provided with 2 video input connectors, 1 video output connector, audio input/output jacks and speaker terminals. There are also CONTROL IN/OUT jacks for connection of PIONEER components with the mark. When this video card is installed on a plasma display, an additional three sets of video input connectors are provided (total five), together with one additional video output connector (total two).
5 INPUT1 (mini D-sub 15 pin)

For connection of components that have RGB or component output jacks such as a personal computer, DVD player, or external RGB decoder. Make sure that the connection made corresponds to the format of the signal output from the connected component.
6 OUTPUT (INPUT1)
(mini D-sub 15 pin) Use the OUTPUT (INPUT1) connector to output the video signal to an external monitor or other component. Note: The video signal will not be output from the OUTPUT (INPUT1) connector when the main power of this display is off or in standby mode.
1 SPEAKER (R) terminal

For connection of an external right speaker. Connect a speaker whose impedance is 8 -16 .
7 INPUT2 (BNC jacks)

For connection of components that have RGB or component output jacks such as a personal computer, DVD player, or external RGB decoder. Make sure that the connection made corresponds to the format of the signal output from the connected component.
2 CONTROL IN/OUT (monaural mini jacks)

For connection of PIONEER components that bear the mark. Making CONTROL connection enables control of the plasma display as a component in a system.
3 COMBINATION IN/OUT
DO NOT MAKE ANY CONNECTIONS TO THESE TERMINALS. These terminals are used in the factory setup.
8 Synchronizing signal impedance selector switch

Depending on the connections made at INPUT2, it may be necessary to set this switch to match the output impedance of the connected components synchronization signal. When the output impedance of the components synchronization signal is above 75 , set this switch to the 2.2 k position.
4 RS-232C
DO NOT MAKE ANY CONNECTIONS TO THIS TERMINAL. This terminal is used in the factory setup.
PDP-433CMX
173
9 AUDIO INPUT (Stereo mini jack)

Use to obtain sound when INPUT1, INPUT2 or INPUT5 is selected. Connect this jack to the audio output connector of the device connected to the plasma displays INPUT1 or INPUT2, or to the audio output connector of the device connected to the video cards INPUT5.
0 AUDIO OUTPUT (Stereo mini jack)

Use to output the audio of the selected source component connected to the plasma display to an AV amplifier or similar component.
- MAIN POWER switch

Use to switch the main power of the plasma display on and off.
= AC INLET
A power cable is furnished with the plasma display; connect one end of the power cable to this connector, and the other end to a standard AC power source.
~ SPEAKER (L) terminal

For connection of an external left speaker. Connect a speaker that has an impedance of 8 -16 .
174
PDP-433CMX
REMOTE CONTROL UNIT
1 SCREEN SIZE button

Press to select the screen size.
2 INPUT buttons
1 2
7 8 9
Use to select the input.
3 MENU button
Press to open and close the on-screen menu.
4 ADJUST (5//3/2) buttons

Use to navigate menu screens and to adjust various settings on the unit. Usage of cursor buttons within operations is clearly indicated at the bottom the on-screen menu display.
5 SET button
Press to adjust or enter various settings on the unit.
3 4 5
6 MUTING button
Press to mute the volume.
7 AUTO SET UP button

When using computer signal input, automatically sets the POSITION and CLOCK/ PHASE to optimum values.
8 STANDBY/ON button
Press to put the unit in operation or standby mode.
9 DISPLAY button
Press to view the units current input and setup mode.
0 POINT ZOOM button

Use to select and enlarge one part of the screen.
- VOLUME (+/) buttons

Use to adjust the volume.
PDP-433CMX
175
INSTALLATION OF THE UNIT

Installation using the supplied display stand
Be sure to fix the supplied stand to the installation surface. Use commercially available M8 bolts that are 25 mm longer than the thickness of the installation surface. 1 Fix the supplied stand to the installation surface at each of the 4 prepared holes using commercially available M8 bolts . 3 Fix this unit using the supplied washer and bolt.
Front Use a 6 mm hex wrench to bolt them. 768 mm (30-1/4 in.) Rear
110 mm (4-5/16 in.)
Set this unit in the stand.
CAUTION
Because this unit weighs about 88 lbs 3 oz (about 30 kg) and the lack of depth makes it fairly unstable, please use 2 people or more when packing, carrying or installing.
176
PDP-433CMX
Installation using the optional PIONEER stand or installation bracket

Please be sure to request installation or mounting of this unit or the installation bracket by an installation specialist or the dealer where purchased. When installing, be sure to use the bolts provided with the stand or installation bracket. For details concerning installation, please refer to the instruction manual provided with the stand or installation bracket.
Wall-mount installation of the unit

This unit has been designed with bolt holes for wall-mount installation, etc.. The installation holes that can be used are shown in the diagram below. Be sure to attach in 4 or more locations above and below, left and right of the center line. Use bolts that are long enough to be inserted 1/2 inch (12 mm) to 11/16 inch (18 mm) into the main unit from the attaching surface for both a holes and b holes. Refer to the side view diagram below. As this unit is constructed with glass, be sure to install it on a flat, unwarped surface.
Installation using accessories other than the PIONEER stand or installation bracket (sold separately)
When possible, please install using parts and accessories manufactured by PIONEER. PIONEER will not he held responsible for accident or damage caused by the use of parts and accessories manufactured by other companies. For custom installation, please consult the dealer where the unit was purchased, or a qualified installer.
Air vents (fan)
Attaching surface Installation bracket, etc.. Main unit Center line b hole a hole a hole b hole 1/2 inches (12 mm) to 11/16 inches (18 mm) a hole Bolt
b hole Bolt b hole Center line b hole 1/2 inch (12 mm) to 11/16 inch (18 mm)
Rear view diagram
Side view diagram
CAUTION
To avoid malfunction, overheating of this unit, and possible fire hazard, make sure that the vents on the main unit are not blocked when installing. Also, as hot air is expelled from the air vents, be careful of deterioration and dirt build up on rear surface wall, etc..
CAUTION
Because this unit weighs about 88 lbs 3 oz (about 40 kg) and the lack of depth makes it fairly unstable, please use 2 people or more when packing, carrying or installing.
CAUTION CAUTION
Please be sure to use an M8 (Pitch = 1.25 mm) bolt. (Only this size bolt can be used.) This unit incorporates a thin design. To ensure safety if vibrated or shaken, please be sure to take measures to prevent the unit from tipping over.
PDP-433CMX
177

Pioneer Pdp433

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Pioneer Pdp433

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ORDER NO.

THIS MANUAL IS APPLICABLE TO THE FOLLOWING MODEL(S) AND TYPE(S).

For details, refer to "Important symbols for good services".

c PIONEER CORPORATION 2003

(slow operating fuse) on PCB indicate that replacement parts must

(fusible de type lent) sur CCI indiquent que les pices

PRODUCT SAFETY NOTICE

Leakage Current Hot Check

Device under test

Leakage current tester

Reading should not be above 0.5 mA

CHARGED SECTION AND HIGH VOLTAGE GENERATING POINT

7 High Voltage Generating Point

SCAN (A) Assy

X CONNECTOR (A) Assy

[ Important symbols for good services ]

4. Shipping mode and shipping screws

5. Lubricants, glues, and replacement parts

Dry Cell Battery (R6P, AA)

Ferrite Core (ATX1031)

Hex Hole Bolts (2) (SMZ80H400FZB)

2. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST

PDP-433CMX Only 18 10 7 27 21 PDP-433MXE Only 34 2 PDP-433CMX Only 33

(1) PACKING PARTS LIST

(2) CONTRAST TABLE

2.2 UNDER LAYER SECTION (1)

UNDER LAYER SECTION (1) PARTS LIST

2.3 UNDER LAYER SECTION (2)

UNDER LAYER SECTION (2) PARTS LIST

2.4 UNDER LAYER SECTION (3)

UNDER LAYER SECTION (3) PARTS LIST

2.5 UNDER LAYER SECTION (4)

UNDER LAYER SECTION (4) PARTS LIST

2.6 UNDER LAYER SECTION (5)

Fan Jumper Wire Saddle Wire Saddle 15 15

UNDER LAYER SECTION (5) PARTS LIST

2.7 UNDER LAYER SECTION (6)

UNDER LAYER SECTION (6) PARTS LIST

2.8 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (1)

12 7 12 Upper side 11 2 Upper side 11

MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (1) PARTS LIST

2.9 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (2)

MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (2) PARTS LIST

2.10 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (3)

MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (3) PARTS LIST

2.11 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (4)

Upper Rear Side

MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (4) PARTS LIST

2.12 UPPER LAYER SECTION (1)

J201 J201 J202

UPPER LAYER SECTION (1) PARTS LIST

2.13 UPPER LAYER SECTION (2)

(1) UPPER LAYER SECTION (2) PARTS LIST

(2) CONTRAST TABLE

2.14 FRONT CASE SECTION

(1) FRONT CASE SECTION PARTS LIST

(2) CONTRAST TABLE

2.15 REAR SECTION

(1) REAR SECTION PARTS LIST

(2) CONTRAST TABLE

2.16 PDP SERVICE ASSY 433 (AWU1069)

2.17 PANEL CHASSIS (43) ASSY (AWU1067)

Caution in Replacement of Chassis Block

PDP Service Assy 433 (AWU1069)